WO2020143726A1 - 数据传输方法及装置 - Google Patents

数据传输方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020143726A1
WO2020143726A1 PCT/CN2020/071248 CN2020071248W WO2020143726A1 WO 2020143726 A1 WO2020143726 A1 WO 2020143726A1 CN 2020071248 W CN2020071248 W CN 2020071248W WO 2020143726 A1 WO2020143726 A1 WO 2020143726A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
network device
indication information
terminal
index
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/071248
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
樊波
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP20738178.1A priority Critical patent/EP3902154A4/en
Publication of WO2020143726A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020143726A1/zh
Priority to US17/370,607 priority patent/US20210337524A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0408—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas using two or more beams, i.e. beam diversity
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0032—Distributed allocation, i.e. involving a plurality of allocating devices, each making partial allocation
    • H04L5/0035—Resource allocation in a cooperative multipoint environment
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/022—Site diversity; Macro-diversity
    • H04B7/024—Co-operative use of antennas of several sites, e.g. in co-ordinated multipoint or co-operative multiple-input multiple-output [MIMO] systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/004—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
    • H04L1/0045—Arrangements at the receiver end
    • H04L1/0052—Realisations of complexity reduction techniques, e.g. pipelining or use of look-up tables
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/02—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by diversity reception
    • H04L1/06—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by diversity reception using space diversity
    • H04L1/0618—Space-time coding
    • H04L1/0625—Transmitter arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a data transmission method and device.
  • a terminal can transmit different redundancy versions (redundancy versions, abbreviated as RV) of the same transport block (TB) in multiple consecutive time units, each time A RV of the TB is transmitted on the unit, and the RV of the TB is mapped to a transmission layer, and the base station decodes the data received in the multiple time units after combining to improve the success rate of data reception and increase data propagation Reliability.
  • RV redundancy versions
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and device, which are used to improve data transmission efficiency while ensuring the reliability of data transmission.
  • the present application provides the methods and devices described in the first part and the second part below.
  • the first part specifically includes the method provided by any one or more of the following first to sixth aspects.
  • the first part also provides a data transmission device, specifically any one or more data transmission devices provided in the following seventh to twelfth aspects, and the data transmission devices provided in the seventh to twelfth aspects are used to implement the first Aspects to the data transmission method provided in the sixth aspect.
  • a data transmission method which includes: a network device sends first indication information to a terminal, where the first indication information is used to instruct the network device to use an airspace repeated transmission mode for data transmission, and the airspace is repeated
  • the transmission mode is a transmission mode in which multiple first beams are used to send N first data in one time unit.
  • the N first data are generated according to the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1; the network device uses the Multiple beams send the N first data to the terminal in the time unit.
  • the network device may use one beam to send multiple first data, one beam to send one first data, or multiple beams to send one first data.
  • the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, and TRS resource index can all represent beams. Therefore, the beam here can also be replaced with the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, TRS resource index, etc.
  • the description in this paragraph is also applicable to any one of the following second to sixth aspects, which will not be repeated in the second to sixth aspects.
  • the multiple beams may be N DMRS ports or N TCIs.
  • the network device uses N DMRS ports or N TCIs to send N first data in one time unit, and the network device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data.
  • the description in this paragraph is also applicable to any one of the following second to sixth aspects, which will not be repeated in the second to sixth aspects.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on the same time unit, and multiple multiples of the same TB transmitted in consecutive multiple time units. Compared with different RVs, while ensuring the reliability of data transmission, it can reduce data transmission delay and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate one of the N RVs Index, the N RVs correspond to the N first data in one-to-one correspondence, and the index of the first RV to the index of the Nth RV among the N RVs meets a preset cyclic order.
  • the terminal may learn the indexes of the RVs corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs, and the network device may not indicate the indexes of each RV, Thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the N first data The index of the RV corresponding to each first data.
  • the terminal can directly determine the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information, and the terminal does not perform additional operations, which can reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal.
  • a data transmission method including: a network device sends second indication information to a terminal, the second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV of N RVs, and the N RVs and N There is a one-to-one correspondence with the first data.
  • the index of the first RV to the index of the Nth RV in the N RVs meets the preset cyclic order.
  • the N first data are multiples for the network device.
  • the first data sent by the beam in one time unit, the N first data is generated according to the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on the same time unit, and multiple multiple data that transmit the same TB in consecutive multiple time units. Compared with different RVs, while ensuring the reliability of data transmission, it can reduce data transmission delay and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal may learn the indexes of the RVs corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs, and the network device may not indicate the indexes of each RV, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the method further includes: the network device generating the second indication information.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • a data transmission method including: a network device sends second indication information to a terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate an RV corresponding to each of the N first data ,
  • the N first data are the first data sent by the network device using multiple beams in one time unit, the N first data are generated from the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1 .
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on the same time unit, and multiple multiple data that transmit the same TB in consecutive multiple time units.
  • the terminal can directly determine the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information, and the terminal does not perform additional operations, which can reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal.
  • the method before the network device sends second indication information to the terminal, the method further includes: the network device generating the second indication information.
  • the second indication information is carried in the DCI, where the DCI includes indexes of N RVs of the same TB, and the same TB is the same second data.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends third indication information to the terminal, the The third indication information is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device sends in the time unit The number of TRPs used for the first data, the network device uses one TRP to send a first data; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to send the first data in the time unit The number of TCIs used; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the amount of the first data sent by the network device in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the network The number of different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by the device in the time unit.
  • This possible implementation manner may enable the terminal to determine the quantity of the first data sent by the network device, so as to correctly receive the first data.
  • the third indication information and the first indication information may be the same indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • a data transmission method which includes: a terminal receiving first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the network device to use an airspace repeated transmission mode for data transmission, and the airspace is repeated
  • the transmission mode is a transmission mode in which multiple first beams are used to send N first data in one time unit, the N first data is generated according to the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1;
  • An indication message receiving the N first data from the network device at the time unit; the terminal decodes the received N first data after combining.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on the same time unit, and the terminal may transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data Decode after merging, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receives second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate one of the N RVs Index, the N RVs correspond to the N first data in one-to-one correspondence, the index of the first RV to the index of the Nth RV in the N RVs meets the preset cyclic order; the terminal pair Decoding the received N first data after merging includes: the terminal merging the received N first data according to the second indication information, and merging the combined N The first data is decoded.
  • the terminal may learn the indexes of the RVs corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs, and the network device may not indicate the indexes of each RV, Thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the terminal merging the received N first data according to the second indication information includes: the terminal according to the second indication information Determining the index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data with a preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs; the terminal according to each of the N first data The RV index corresponding to the first data merges the N first data.
  • the terminal may learn the indexes of the RVs corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs, and the network device may not indicate the indexes of each RV, Thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receiving second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the N first data The index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the database; the terminal decodes the received N pieces of first data after combining, including: the terminal according to the second indication information to the received N first data are merged, and the merged N first data are decoded.
  • the terminal can directly determine the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information, and the terminal does not perform additional operations, which can reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receives third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is at the time The number of DMRS ports used by the unit to send the first data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of TRPs used by the network device to send the first data at the time unit, the network device A TRP is used to send the first data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used To indicate the quantity of the first data sent by the network device in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to correspond to the first data sent by the time unit The number of different RVs; the terminal receiving the N first data from the network device at the time unit according to the first indication information, including: the terminal according to the first indication information and the In the third indication information, the N first data are received from the network device in the time unit.
  • the third indication information and the first indication information may be the same indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • a data transmission method including: a terminal receives second indication information from a network device, the second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV among N RVs, and the N RVs are associated with all
  • the N first data are in one-to-one correspondence, the index of the first RV to the index of the Nth RV in the N RVs satisfy a preset cyclic order, and the N first data are used by the network device
  • the first data sent by multiple beams in one time unit, the N first data is generated according to the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1; the terminal determines the received data according to the second indication information. Merge the N first data, and decode the merged N first data.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on the same time unit, and the terminal may transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data Decode after merging, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the terminal may learn the indexes of the RVs corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs, and the network device may not indicate the indexes of each RV, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the terminal merging the received N first data according to the second indication information includes: the terminal according to the second indication information Determining the index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data with a preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs; the terminal according to each of the N first data The RV index corresponding to the first data merges the N first data.
  • a data transmission method including: the terminal receiving second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate each of the N first data
  • the index of the RV corresponding to the data are the first data sent by the network device using multiple beams in one time unit.
  • the N first data are generated from the same second data, and N is An integer greater than 1; the terminal merges the received N first data according to the second indication information, and decodes the merged N first data.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on the same time unit, and the terminal may transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data Decode after merging, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the terminal may directly determine the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information. The terminal does not perform additional operations, which can reduce the complexity of the terminal.
  • the second indication information is carried in the DCI, where the DCI includes indexes of N RVs of the same TB, and the same TB is the same second data.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receives third indication information from the network device, and the third indication information is used To indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to send the first data in the time unit
  • the number of TRPs used the network device uses one TRP to send a first data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the amount of the first data sent by the network device at the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the network device at the time
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to send first indication information to a terminal through the communication unit, and the first indication information is used to indicate
  • the data transmission device adopts a spatial domain repeated transmission mode for data transmission, and the spatial domain repeated transmission mode is a transmission mode in which multiple first beams are used to send N first data in a time unit, and the N first data are based on the same second Data generation, N is an integer greater than 1; the processing unit is also used to send the N pieces of first data to the terminal at the time unit through the communication unit using the multiple beams.
  • the data transmission device may use one beam to send multiple first data, one beam to send one first data, or multiple beams to send one first data.
  • the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, and TRS resource index can all represent beams. Therefore, the beam here can also be replaced with the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, TRS resource index, etc.
  • the description in this paragraph also applies to the following eighth and ninth aspects, which are not repeated in the eighth and ninth aspects.
  • the multiple beams may be N DMRS ports or N TCIs.
  • the data transmission device uses N DMRS ports or N TCIs to send N first data in one time unit, and the data transmission device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data.
  • the description in this paragraph also applies to the following eighth and ninth aspects, which are not repeated in the eighth and ninth aspects.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the processing unit is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal through the communication unit, and the second indication information is used to indicate N RVs Index of one RV, the N RVs correspond to the N first data in one-to-one correspondence, and the index of the first RV to the index of the Nth RV in the N RVs satisfy the preset cyclic order.
  • the processing unit is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal through the communication unit, and the second indication information is used to indicate the N number The index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data.
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to send second indication information to a terminal through the communication unit, and the second indication information is used to indicate N
  • the index of one RV among RVs, the N RVs correspond to the N first data in one-to-one correspondence, and the index of the first RV to the index of the Nth RV in the N RVs satisfy the preset cycle order
  • the N first data are first data sent by the data transmission device using multiple beams in one time unit, the N first data are generated according to the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the processing unit is further configured to generate the second indication information.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to send second indication information to a terminal through the communication unit, and the second indication information is used to indicate An index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data, where the N first data are the first data sent by the data transmission device using multiple beams in a time unit, and the N The first data is generated based on the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the processing unit is further configured to generate the second indication information.
  • the second indication information is carried in the DCI, and the DCI includes indexes of N RVs of the same TB, and the same TB is the same second data.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the processing unit is further configured to send a third indication to the terminal through the communication unit Information, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the data transmission device to send the first data in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the data transmission device The number of TRPs used to send the first data in the time unit, the data transmission device uses one TRP to send a first data; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the data transmission device to The number of TCIs used by the time unit to send the first data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of the first data sent by the data transmission device at the time unit; or, the first The three indication information is used to indicate the number of different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by the data transmission device in the time unit.
  • the third indication information and the first indication information may be the same indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • a data transmission apparatus including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit is configured to receive first indication information from a network device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the network device to adopt Data transmission is performed in an airspace repetitive transmission mode.
  • the airspace repetitive transmission mode is a transmission mode in which multiple first beams are used to transmit N first data in one time unit.
  • the N first data are generated according to the same second data, and N is An integer greater than 1;
  • the processing unit configured to receive the N first data from the network device at the time unit through the communication unit according to the first indication information; the processing unit, further It is used to decode the received N first data after merging.
  • the network device may use one beam to send multiple first data, one beam to send one first data, or multiple beams to send one first data.
  • the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, and TRS resource index can all represent beams. Therefore, the beam here can also be replaced with the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, TRS resource index, etc.
  • the description in this paragraph also applies to the following eleventh and twelfth aspects, which will not be repeated in the eleventh and twelfth aspects.
  • the multiple beams may be N DMRS ports or N TCIs.
  • the network device uses N DMRS ports or N TCIs to send N first data in one time unit, and the network device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data.
  • the description in this paragraph also applies to the following eleventh and twelfth aspects, which will not be repeated in the eleventh and twelfth aspects.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate one of the N RVs Index, the N RVs correspond to the N first data in one-to-one correspondence, and the index of the first RV to the index of the Nth RV in the N RVs meets a preset cyclic order; the processing unit , Specifically used for combining the received N first data according to the second instruction information, and decoding the combined N first data.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the Nth number of the first number according to the second indication information and a preset loop order satisfied by the indexes of the N number of RVs An index of the RV corresponding to each first data in the data, and merging the N first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each first data in the N first data.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the N first data The index of the RV corresponding to each first data of the data; the processing unit is specifically configured to merge the received N pieces of first data according to the second indication information, and to merge the N pieces of data after the merge The first data is decoded.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is at the time The number of DMRS ports used by the unit to send the first data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of TRPs used by the network device to send the first data at the time unit, the network device A TRP is used to send the first data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used To indicate the amount of the first data sent by the network device in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the first data sent by the network device in the time unit corresponds to The number of different RVs; the processing unit is specifically configured to receive the N firsts from the network device at the time unit through the communication unit according to the first indication information and the third indication information data.
  • the third indication information and the first indication information may be the same indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • a data transmission apparatus including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit is configured to receive second indication information from a network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate N RVs One RV index, the N RVs correspond to the N first data in one-to-one correspondence, the index of the first RV to the index of the Nth RV in the N RVs satisfy the preset cyclic order,
  • the N first data are first data sent by the network device using multiple beams in one time unit, the N first data are generated according to the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1;
  • the processing unit is configured to merge the received N first data according to the second instruction information, and decode the merged N first data.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the N number according to the second indication information and a preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs An index of an RV corresponding to each first data in the first data, and merging the N first data according to an index of an RV corresponding to each first data in the N first data.
  • a data transmission apparatus including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit is configured to receive second indication information from the network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the The index of the RV corresponding to each first data of the N first data, the N first data is the first data sent by the network device using multiple beams in one time unit, and the N first data The data is generated based on the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1; the processing unit is configured to merge the received N first data according to the second indication information, and to merge the merged data The N first data are decoded.
  • the second indication information is carried in the DCI, where the DCI includes indexes of N RVs of the same TB, and the same TB is the same ⁇ Data.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first data correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device, and the third indication The information is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to send the first data in the time unit
  • the number of TRPs used for a piece of data the network device uses one TRP to send a first data; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to send the first data in the time unit
  • the number of TCI; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the amount of the first data sent by the network device in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is in the The number of different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by the time unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to receive the network unit from the network device at the time unit through the communication unit according to the third indication information N first data.
  • the above embodiment uses the provided method to apply to downlink data (that is, the network device transmits the first data in an airspace repeated transmission mode) as an example to illustrate the method provided by the present application.
  • the above method can also be applied to uplink data (That is, the terminal sends the first data in the air domain repeat transmission mode).
  • the actions performed by the network device in the first aspect to the sixth aspect may be performed by the terminal, and the actions performed by the terminal in the first aspect to the sixth aspect may be performed by the network device.
  • which repeated transmission mode the terminal adopts may be indicated by the network device, or may be notified by the terminal to the network device after being determined by the terminal itself.
  • the second part specifically includes the method provided by any one or more of the following thirteenth to twentieth aspects.
  • the second part also provides a data transmission device, specifically any one or more data transmission devices provided in the following twenty-first to twenty-eighth aspects, and the data transmission provided in the twenty-first to twenty-eighth aspects
  • the devices are respectively used to implement the data transmission methods provided in the thirteenth aspect to the twentieth aspect.
  • a data transmission method which includes: a network device sending first indication information to a terminal, where the first indication information is used to instruct the network device to adopt a space-time repeated transmission mode for data transmission, and
  • the space-time repetitive transmission mode is a transmission mode in which multiple beams are used to send the first data on M time units; the network device uses multiple beams on at least one time unit among the M time units to send multiple One data, the first data sent on M time units are all generated based on the same second data, M is an integer greater than 1; the network device uses multiple beams on the M time units to send multiple The first data.
  • the number of first data sent by the network device on different time units may be the same or different.
  • the network device may use one beam to send multiple first data, one beam to send one first data, or multiple beams to send one first data.
  • the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, and TRS resource index can all represent beams. Therefore, the beam here can also be replaced with the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, TRS resource index, etc.
  • the description in this paragraph is also applicable to any one of the following fourteenth to twentieth aspects, and no further description is provided in the fourteenth to twentieth aspects.
  • the multiple beams transmitting the first data on one time unit may be N DMRS ports or N TCIs.
  • the network device uses N DMRS ports or N TCIs to send N first data in each time unit, and the network device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data.
  • the description in this paragraph is also applicable to any one of the following fourteenth to twentieth aspects, and no further description is provided in the fourteenth to twentieth aspects.
  • the network device uses at least a plurality of beams to transmit a plurality of first data generated from the same second data on one time unit among a plurality of time units, and transmits the data in consecutive time units Compared with multiple different RVs of the same TB, while ensuring the reliability of data transmission, it can reduce data transmission delay and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the second data is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units Multiple different RVs corresponding to the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • the data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to multiple different RVs of the same second data
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate among M*N RVs An RV index, the M*N RVs correspond one-to-one with M*N first data, and the M*N first data are all the first data sent by the network device on the M time units A data, the index of the first RV out of the M*N RVs to the index of the M*N RVs meets a preset cyclic order; or, the network device sends second indication information to the terminal, The second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV among the M RVs.
  • the index of the first RV to the index of the Mth RV in the M RVs satisfy a preset cyclic order
  • the m-th RV in the RV is the RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the network device in the m-th time unit of the M time units, and the network device in the M time units
  • the RV indexes corresponding to the N first data sent in each time unit are the same, and m is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to M.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to the M*N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs, and the network device may not indicate each RV index, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the M time units The index of the RV corresponding to each first data sent on each time unit.
  • the terminal can directly determine the index of the RV corresponding to each first data according to the second indication information, and the terminal does not perform additional operations, which can reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal.
  • a data transmission method including: a network device sends second indication information to a terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV of M*N RVs, and the M* N RVs correspond to M*N first data in one-to-one correspondence.
  • the M*N first data are all the first data sent by the network device in M time units.
  • the network device is in the M N time beams are used to send N first data in each time unit in each time unit, and the first data sent by the network device in the M time units are generated based on the same second data, and the M* The index of the first RV out of the N RVs to the index of the M*Nth RV satisfy the preset cycle order.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit N first data generated from the same second data in each of the M time units, and multiple consecutive time units Compared with sending multiple different RVs of the same TB, while ensuring the reliability of data transmission, it can reduce data transmission delay and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to the M*N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs, and the network device may not indicate the index of each RV, thereby Save transmission resources.
  • the method before the network device sends second indication information to the terminal, the method further includes: the network device generating the second indication information.
  • the second data is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units Multiple different RVs corresponding to the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • the data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to multiple different RVs of the same second data
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • a data transmission method including: a network device sends second indication information to a terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV among M RVs, and among the M RVs The index of the first RV to the index of the Mth RV satisfies the preset cyclic sequence.
  • the network device uses N beams to send N first data on each of the M time units.
  • the first data sent by the network device in the M time units are all generated based on the same second data, and the mth RV of the M RVs is the mth in the M time units of the network device RV corresponding to the N first data sent by each time unit, the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the network device in each of the M time units is the same, m is greater than 0 and less than An integer equal to M.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on each of the multiple time units, and multiple continuous time units Compared with sending multiple different RVs of the same TB, while ensuring the reliability of data transmission, it can reduce data transmission delay and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to each first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs, and the network device may not indicate the index of each RV, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the method before the network device sends second indication information to the terminal, the method further includes: the network device generating the second indication information.
  • the second data is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units Multiple different RVs corresponding to the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • the data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to multiple different RVs of the same second data
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • a data transmission method including: a network device sends second indication information to a terminal, where the second indication information is used to instruct the network device to send on each time unit of M time units The index of the RV corresponding to each first data; the network device uses multiple beams to send multiple first data on at least one of the M time units, and the first data sent on the M time units Both are generated based on the same second data, and M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on at least one time unit, which is more than sending multiple same TBs in multiple consecutive time units. Compared with different RVs, while ensuring the reliability of data transmission, it can reduce the data transmission delay and improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal may directly determine the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information. The terminal does not perform additional operations, which can reduce the complexity of the terminal.
  • the network device sends N first data using N beams on each of the M time units, and the second indication information Carried in DCI, the DCI includes M*N RV indexes of the same TB, the same TB is the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the method before the network device sends second indication information to the terminal, the method further includes: the network device generating the second indication information.
  • the second data is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units Multiple different RVs corresponding to the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • the data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to multiple different RVs of the same second data
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending third indication information to the terminal,
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate The number of TRPs used by the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units, and the network device uses one TRP to send a first data; or, the third indication information It is used to indicate the number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is in the The number of the first data sent by each time unit in M time units; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to send each time unit in the M time units The number of different RVs corresponding to the first data.
  • the third indication information and the first indication information may be the same indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • a data transmission method including: a terminal receiving first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the network device to adopt a space-time repeated transmission mode for data transmission, and
  • the space-time repetitive transmission mode is a transmission mode in which multiple beams are used to send the first data on M time units; the network device uses multiple beams on at least one time unit among the M time units to send multiple One data, the first data sent on M time units are all generated according to the same second data, M is an integer greater than 1; the terminal according to the first indication information, from the M time units from all The network device receives multiple first data; the terminal decodes all the first data received on the M time units after combining.
  • the network device uses N beams to send N first data in each of the M time units
  • the terminal according to the first indication information, in the M
  • Each of the time units receives N first data from the network device on each time unit.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on at least one time unit, and the terminal may use multiple beams to generate multiple first data generated from the same second data.
  • the data is decoded after being merged, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the network device uses N beams to send N first data on each of the M time units, and the second data is TB, the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data; or, the second data Is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units correspond to the same RV of the same second data.
  • the first data sent on different time units of the M time units correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the network device uses N beams to send N first data on each of the M time units.
  • the method further includes: The terminal receives second indication information from the network device, the second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV of M*N RVs, the M*N RVs and M*N first data one
  • the M*N first data are all the first data sent by the network device on the M time units, and the index of the first RV out of the M*N RVs to the Mth *N RV indexes satisfy the preset cyclic sequence
  • the terminal decodes all the first data received on the M time units after combining, including: the terminal according to the second indication information All the first data received on the M time units are combined, and all the combined first data are decoded.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to the M*N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs, and the network device may not indicate each RV index, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the terminal combining all the first data received on the M time units according to the second indication information includes: Determining the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data by the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs; The index of the RV corresponding to each first data in the first data merges all the first data.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to the M*N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs, and the network device may not indicate each RV index, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receives second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate one of the M RVs Index, the index of the first RV of the M RVs to the index of the Mth RV satisfies the preset cyclic order, and the mth RV of the M RVs is the network device in the M RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the mth time unit in the time units, and the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the network device in each of the M time units
  • m is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to M
  • the terminal decodes all the first data received on the M time units after combining, including: the terminal according to the second instruction information All the first data received on the M time units are merged, and all the merged first data are decoded.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to each first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs, and the network device may not indicate the index of each RV, Thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the terminal combining all the first data received on the M time units according to the second indication information includes: Determining the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data by the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs; the terminal according to the first The index of the RV corresponding to each first data in the data merges all the first data.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to each first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs, and the network device may not indicate the index of each RV, Thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receiving second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the M time units The index of the RV corresponding to each first data sent on each time unit of the server; the terminal decodes all the first data received on the M time units after combining, including: The second indication information merges all the first data received on the M time units, and decodes all the merged first data.
  • the terminal can directly determine the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information, and the terminal does not perform additional operations, which can reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receives third indication information from the network device, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is in the The number of DMRS ports used by each time unit in the M time units to send the first data; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device at each time in the M time units The number of TRPs used by the unit to send the first data, and the network device uses one TRP to send a first data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the network device in the M time units The number of TCIs used by each time unit to send the first data; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to send the first data sent by each time unit of the M time units The amount of data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by the network device in each of the M time units; the terminal according to The first indication information, receiving multiple first data from the network device on the M time units, including: the terminal according to
  • the network device uses N beams to send N first data on each of the M time units, the terminal according to the first indication information and the third indication information , Receiving N first data from the network device on each of the M time units.
  • the third indication information and the first indication information may be the same indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • An eighteenth aspect provides a data transmission method, including: a terminal receiving second indication information from a network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV of M*N RVs, and the M* N RVs correspond to M*N first data in one-to-one correspondence, the M*N first data are all the first data sent by the network device in M time units, and the network device is in the M Each beam of time units uses N beams to send N pieces of first data. The first data sent by the network device in the M pieces of time units are generated based on the same second data.
  • the M* The index of the first RV out of the N RVs to the index of the M*Nth RV meets the preset cyclic sequence; the terminal determines all received on the M time units according to the second indication information
  • the first data is merged, and all the merged first data are decoded.
  • the network device may send N first data generated from the same second data on each of M time units, and the terminal may send multiple pieces of data generated from the same second data.
  • the first data is decoded after being merged, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to the M*N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs, and the network device may not indicate the index of each RV, thereby Save transmission resources.
  • the terminal combining all the first data received on the M time units according to the second indication information includes: Determining the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data by the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs; The index of the RV corresponding to each first data in the first data merges all the first data.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to the M*N first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs, and the network device may not indicate each RV index, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the second data is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units Multiple different RVs corresponding to the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • the data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to multiple different RVs of the same second data
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • a data transmission method including: a terminal receives second indication information from a network device, the second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV among M RVs, The index of the first RV to the index of the Mth RV satisfies the preset cyclic sequence.
  • the network device uses N beams to send N first data on each of the M time units.
  • the first data sent by the network device in the M time units are all generated based on the same second data, and the mth RV of the M RVs is the mth in the M time units of the network device RV corresponding to the N first data sent by each time unit, the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the network device in each of the M time units is the same, m is greater than 0 and less than An integer equal to M; the terminal combines all the first data received on the M time units according to the second indication information, and decodes the combined first data.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on each of the M time units, and the terminal may use the same second data The generated multiple first data are combined and then decoded, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to each first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs, and the network device may not indicate the index of each RV, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the terminal combining all the first data received on the M time units according to the second indication information includes: Determining the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data by the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs; the terminal according to the first The index of the RV corresponding to each first data in the data merges all the first data.
  • the terminal may learn the index of the RV corresponding to each first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs, and the network device may not indicate the index of each RV, Thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the second data is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units Multiple different RVs corresponding to the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • the data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to multiple different RVs of the same second data
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • a data transmission method including: a terminal receiving second indication information from a network device, where the second indication information is used to instruct the network device to send on each of the M time units The index of the RV corresponding to each first data; the network device uses multiple beams to send multiple first data on at least one of the M time units, and the first data sent on the M time units Are generated based on the same second data, and M is an integer greater than 1; the terminal combines all the first data received on the M time units according to the second indication information, and merges the combined All the first data are decoded.
  • the network device may use multiple beams to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on at least one time unit, and the terminal may transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data.
  • the data is decoded after being merged, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the terminal may directly determine the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data according to the second indication information. The terminal does not perform additional operations, which can reduce the complexity of the terminal.
  • the network device uses N beams to send N first data in each of the M time units, and the second indication information Carried in DCI, the DCI includes M*N RV indexes of the same TB, and the same TB is the same second data.
  • the second data is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units Multiple different RVs corresponding to the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • the data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to multiple different RVs of the same second data
  • the terminal may combine the first data of different RVs corresponding to the same second data and perform decoding, thereby improving the success rate of decoding.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receiving third indication information from the network device, the first The three indication information is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the network The number of TRPs used by the device to send the first data in each time unit of the M time units, and the network device uses one TRP to send one first data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate The number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is in the M time The quantity of the first data sent by each time unit in the unit; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to send the first data sent by each time unit of the M time units The number of different RVs corresponding to a piece of data; the terminal receives N first data from the network device on
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to send first indication information to a terminal through the communication unit, and the first indication information is used to Instructing the data transmission device to use the space-time repetitive transmission mode for data transmission, where the space-time repetitive transmission mode is a transmission mode in which multiple beams are used to send the first data on M time units; the data transmission device is in the Multiple beams are used to send multiple first data on at least one of the M time units.
  • the first data sent on the M time units are all generated from the same second data, and M is an integer greater than 1;
  • the processing unit is further configured to send multiple first data to the terminal by using the multiple beams on the M time units through the communication unit.
  • the number of first data sent by the data transmission device on different time units may be the same or different.
  • the data transmission device may use one beam to send multiple first data, one beam to send one first data, or multiple beams to send one first data.
  • the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, and TRS resource index can all represent beams. Therefore, the beam here can also be replaced with the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, TRS resource index, etc.
  • the description in this paragraph is also applicable to any one of the following aspects from the twenty-second aspect to the twenty-fourth aspect, which will not be repeated in the twenty-second aspect to the twenty-fourth aspect.
  • the multiple beams transmitting the first data on one time unit may be N DMRS ports or N TCIs.
  • the data transmission device uses N DMRS ports or N TCIs to send N first data in each time unit, and the data transmission device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data.
  • the description in this paragraph is also applicable to any one of the following aspects from the twenty-second aspect to the twenty-fourth aspect, which will not be repeated in the twenty-second aspect to the twenty-fourth aspect.
  • the second data is TB, and the Nth data sent by the data transmission device on each of the M time units A piece of data corresponds to a plurality of different RVs of the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N sent by the data transmission device on each of the M time units Pieces of first data correspond to the same RV of the same second data, and the first data sent by the data transmission device at different time units of the M time units correspond to the same second data Multiple different RVs.
  • the processing unit is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal through the communication unit, and the second indication information is used to indicate M* An index of one RV out of N RVs, the M*N RVs correspond one-to-one with M*N first data, and the M*N first data are the data transmission device at the M times For all the first data sent on the unit, the index of the first RV out of the M*N RVs to the index of the M*N RVs meet the preset cyclic order; or, the processing unit is also used Sending second indication information to the terminal through the communication unit, where the second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV among the M RVs, and the index of the first RV among the M RVs to the Mth The indexes of the RVs satisfy the preset cyclic sequence, and the mth RV of the M RVs corresponds to the N first data sent by the data transmission device at the mth time unit of the M time units RV, the index of the RV corresponding to
  • the processing unit is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal through the communication unit, and the second indication information is used to indicate the The index of the RV corresponding to each first data sent on each time unit of the M time units.
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to send second indication information to a terminal through the communication unit, and the second indication information is used to Indicates an index of one RV among M*N RVs, the M*N RVs correspond one-to-one with M*N first data, and the M*N first data are the data transmission device in the All first data sent on M time units, the data transmission device uses N beams to send N first data on each time unit of the M time units, and the M*N RVs The index of the first RV to the index of the M*Nth RV satisfies the preset cyclic sequence, and the first data sent by the data transmission device in the M time units are all generated based on the same second data.
  • the processing unit is further configured to generate the second indication information.
  • the second data is TB, and the N number of data sent by the data transmission device on each of the M time units A piece of data corresponds to a plurality of different RVs of the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N sent by the data transmission device on each of the M time units Pieces of first data correspond to the same RV of the same second data, and the first data sent by the data transmission device at different time units of the M time units correspond to the same second data Multiple different RVs.
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to send second indication information to a terminal through the communication unit, and the second indication information is used to Indicating an index of one RV among the M RVs, the index of the first RV to the index of the Mth RV in the M RVs satisfy a preset cyclic order, and the data transmission device is in the M time units N time beams are used to send N first data on each time unit in the first unit, and the first data sent by the data transmission device in the M time units are generated based on the same second data, and the M RVs
  • the mth RV of is the RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the data transmission device at the mth time unit of the M time units, and the data transmission device at the M time units
  • the RV indexes corresponding to the N first data sent in each time unit are the same, and m is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to M.
  • the processing unit is further configured to generate the second indication information.
  • the second data is TB
  • the Nth data sent by the data transmission device on each of the M time units A piece of data corresponds to a plurality of different RVs of the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N sent by the data transmission device on each of the M time units Pieces of first data correspond to the same RV of the same second data, and the first data sent by the data transmission device at different time units of the M time units correspond to the same second data Multiple different RVs.
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to send second indication information to a terminal through the communication unit, and the second indication information is used to An index of an RV corresponding to each first data sent by the data transmission device on each time unit of M time units, the data transmission device on at least one time unit of the M time units Multiple beams are used to send multiple first data.
  • the first data sent on M time units are all generated based on the same second data, and M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the data transmission device uses N beams to send N first data in each of the M time units, and the second The indication information is carried in DCI, which includes M*N RV indexes of the same TB, the same TB is the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the processing unit is further configured to generate the second indication information.
  • the second data is TB
  • the Nth data sent by the data transmission device on each of the M time units A piece of data corresponds to a plurality of different RVs of the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the N sent by the data transmission device on each of the M time units Pieces of first data correspond to the same RV of the same second data, and the first data sent by the data transmission device at different time units of the M time units correspond to the same second data Multiple different RVs.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal ,
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the data transmission device to send the first data in each of the M time units; or, the third indication information is used
  • the data transmission device uses one TRP to send the first data; or, the The third indication information is used to instruct the data transmission device to transmit the number of TCIs used by the first data in each of the M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the The number of the first data sent by the data transmission device in each of the M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission device is in the M time units The number of different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by each time unit of.
  • the third indication information and the first indication information may be the same indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit;
  • the communication unit is configured to receive first indication information from a network device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the network device to adopt a space-time repeated transmission mode for data transmission, and the space-time repeated transmission mode is M A transmission mode in which multiple beams are used to transmit first data on a time unit; the network device uses multiple beams to transmit multiple first data on at least one time unit among the M time units, and M time units All of the first data is generated based on the same second data, M is an integer greater than 1; the processing unit is configured to use the communication unit to select from the M time units based on the first indication information.
  • the network device receives a plurality of first data; and the processing unit is further configured to decode all the first data received on the M time units after being combined.
  • the number of first data sent by the network device on different time units may be the same or different.
  • the network device may use one beam to send multiple first data, one beam to send one first data, or multiple beams to send one first data.
  • the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, and TRS resource index can all represent beams. Therefore, the beam here can also be replaced with the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index, TRS resource index, etc.
  • the description in this paragraph is also applicable to any of the following aspects from the twenty-sixth aspect to the twenty-eighth aspect, which will not be repeated in the twenty-sixth aspect to the twenty-eighth aspect.
  • the multiple beams transmitting the first data on one time unit may be N DMRS ports or N TCIs.
  • the network device uses N DMRS ports or N TCIs to send N first data in each time unit, and the network device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data.
  • the description in this paragraph is also applicable to any of the following aspects from the twenty-sixth aspect to the twenty-eighth aspect, which will not be repeated in the twenty-sixth aspect to the twenty-eighth aspect.
  • the data transmission device in a case where the network device uses N beams to send N first data on each time unit of M time units, the data transmission device according to the first indication information, at the M time units Each time unit in the unit receives N first data from the network device.
  • the network device sends N first data using N beams on each of the M time units, and the second data Is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data; or, the second The data is TB, and the N first data sent by the network device on each of the M time units corresponds to the same RV of the same second data.
  • the first data sent on different time units of the M time units correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the network device uses N beams to send N first data on each of the M time units, and the communication unit, Also used to receive second indication information from the network device, the second indication information is used to indicate an index of one RV of M*N RVs, and the M*N RVs and M*N first data
  • the M*N first data are all the first data sent by the network device on the M time units, and the index of the first RV out of the M*N RVs to the first
  • the indexes of M*N RVs satisfy the preset cyclic sequence
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to merge all the first data received on the M time units according to the second indication information, and All the combined first data are decoded.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine according to the second indication information and a preset loop order satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs An index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data; combining all the first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate one of the M RVs The index of the RV.
  • the index of the first RV of the M RVs to the index of the Mth RV satisfy the preset cyclic order.
  • the mth RV of the M RVs is the network device in the RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the mth time unit in the M time units, the RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the network device in each time unit of the M time units
  • the indexes are the same, m is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to M; the processing unit is specifically configured to merge all the first data received on the M time units according to the second indication information, and merge After decoding all the first data.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to the second indication information and a preset loop order satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs, determine the The index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in all of the first data; combining all the first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the M time units The index of the RV corresponding to each first data sent on each time unit in the; the processing unit is specifically configured to, according to the second indication information, pair all the first received data on the M time units The data is merged, and all the merged first data are decoded.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is in The number of DMRS ports used by each of the M time units to send the first data; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device in each of the M time units The number of TRPs used by the time unit to send the first data, and the network device uses one TRP to send one first data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is in the M time units The number of TCIs used by each time unit to send the first data; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units.
  • a quantity of data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the quantity of different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by the network device in each of the M time units; the processing The unit is specifically configured to receive a plurality of first data from the network device on the M time units through the communication unit according to the first indication information and the third indication information.
  • N first data are received from the network device on each time unit in.
  • the third indication information and the first indication information may be the same indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit is configured to receive second indication information from a network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate M*N The index of one RV among RVs, the M*N RVs correspond to M*N first data in one-to-one correspondence, and the M*N first data are sent by the network device on M time units All the first data, the network device uses N beams to send N first data in each of the M time units, and the first data sent by the network device in the M time units Are generated based on the same second data, and the index of the first RV to the index of the M*N RV in the M*N RVs satisfy the preset cyclic order; the processing unit is used for The second indication information merges all the first data received on the M time units, and decodes all the merged first data.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine according to the second indication information and a preset loop order satisfied by the indexes of the M*N RVs An index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data; combining all the first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units The data corresponds to a plurality of different RVs of the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the Nth number sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • a piece of data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to a plurality of different pieces of the same second data RV.
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit is configured to receive second indication information from a network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate M RVs Index of one RV in, the index of the first RV to the index of the Mth RV in the M RVs meets the preset cyclic order, and the network device is on each time unit of the M time units N beams are used to send N first data.
  • the first data sent by the network device in the M time units are generated based on the same second data.
  • the mth RV of the M RVs is the The RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the network device in the mth time unit of the M time units, and the N first sent by the network device in each time unit of the M time units
  • the RV index corresponding to the data is the same, m is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to M; the processing unit is configured to merge all the first data received on the M time units according to the second indication information And decode all the merged first data.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to the second indication information and a preset loop order satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs, determine the The index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in all of the first data; combining all the first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in the first data.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units The data corresponds to a plurality of different RVs of the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the Nth number sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • a piece of data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to a plurality of different pieces of the same second data RV.
  • a data transmission device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit receives second indication information from a network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the network device has The index of the RV corresponding to each first data sent on each time unit in the time unit; the network device uses multiple beams to send multiple first data on at least one of the M time units , The first data sent on the M time units are all generated based on the same second data, M is an integer greater than 1; the processing unit is used to pair the M time units according to the second indication information All the received first data are combined, and all the combined first data are decoded.
  • the network device uses N beams to send N first data in each of the M time units, and the second indication
  • the information is carried in the DCI, which includes M*N RV indexes of the same TB, and the same TB is the same second data.
  • the second data is TB
  • the N first sent by the network device on each of the M time units The data corresponds to a plurality of different RVs of the same second data; or, the second data is TB, and the Nth number sent by the network device on each of the M time units
  • a piece of data corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units corresponds to a plurality of different pieces of the same second data RV.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device,
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate The number of TRPs used by the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units, and the network device uses one TRP to send a first data; or, the third indication information It is used to indicate the number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is in the The number of the first data sent by each time unit in M time units; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the network device to send each time unit in the M time units The number of different RVs corresponding to the first data; the processing unit is further configured to, according to the third indication information
  • the above embodiment uses the provided method to apply to downlink data (that is, the network device uses the space-time repeated transmission mode to send the first data) as an example to illustrate the method provided by the present application.
  • the above method may also be applied to the uplink Data (that is, the terminal uses the space-time repeat transmission mode to send the first data).
  • the actions performed by the network device in the thirteenth aspect to the twentieth aspect may be performed by the terminal, and the actions performed by the terminal in the thirteenth aspect to the twentieth aspect may be performed by the network device.
  • which repeated transmission mode the terminal adopts may be indicated by the network device, or may be notified by the terminal to the network device after being determined by the terminal itself.
  • a data transmission device in a twenty-ninth aspect, includes: a memory and a processor; optionally, at least one communication interface and a communication bus; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and the processor , The memory and at least one communication interface are connected by a communication bus, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the data transmission device implements any one of the first aspect to the third aspect, the thirteenth aspect to the sixteenth aspect Any method provided.
  • the device can exist in the form of a chip product.
  • a data transmission device includes: a memory and a processor; optionally, at least one communication interface and a communication bus; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, the processor, The memory and the at least one communication interface are connected through a communication bus, and the processor executes computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to enable the data transmission device to implement any one of the fourth aspect to the sixth aspect, the seventeenth aspect to the twentieth aspect Any method.
  • the device can exist in the form of a chip product.
  • a communication system including: the data transmission apparatus provided in the seventh aspect and the tenth aspect; or, the data transmission apparatus provided in the eighth aspect and the eleventh aspect; or, the ninth aspect And the data transmission device provided in the twelfth aspect; or, the data transmission device provided in the twenty-first aspect and the twenty-fifth aspect; or, the data transmission device provided in the twenty-second aspect and the twenty-sixth aspect; or , The data transmission device provided in the twenty-third aspect and the twenty-seventh aspect; or, the data transmission device provided in the twenty-fourth aspect and the twenty-eighth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first to third aspects and the thirteenth to sixteenth aspects Any method provided by any aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the fourth aspect to the sixth aspect, the seventeenth aspect to the twentieth aspect Any method provided by any aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any one of the first aspect to the third aspect, the thirteenth aspect to the sixteenth aspect Any of the methods provided.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any one of the fourth aspect to the sixth aspect, the seventeenth aspect to the twentieth aspect Any of the methods provided.
  • 1 is a schematic diagram of a terminal and network device communication
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a data packet processing process at the physical layer
  • 3 and 4 are flowcharts of a data transmission method according to embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 are schematic diagrams of a time domain position of sending first data according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a data transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network device and a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items whose functions and functions are basically the same. Those skilled in the art may understand that the words “first” and “second” do not limit the number and the execution order, and the words “first” and “second” are not necessarily different.
  • orthogonal frequency division multiple access orthogonal frequency-division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • system can be used interchangeably with "network”.
  • the OFDMA system can realize wireless technologies such as evolved universal wireless terrestrial access (evolved universal terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA for short), ultra mobile broadband (ultra mobile broadband, UMB for short) and so on.
  • E-UTRA is an evolved version of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS).
  • the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) is a new version using E-UTRA in long term evolution (LTE) and various versions based on LTE evolution.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • the 5G communication system and the new radio (NR) communication system are the next-generation communication systems under study.
  • the communication system can also be adapted to future-oriented communication technologies, and all the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various business scenarios, for example, enhanced mobile bandwidth (enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) business scenario, URLLC business scenario, Internet of Things (IoT) business scenario, etc.
  • enhanced mobile bandwidth enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) business scenario
  • URLLC URLLC business scenario
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a communication system including at least one network device and at least one terminal.
  • one network device may transmit data and/or control signaling to one terminal, or multiple network devices may simultaneously transmit data and/or control signaling to one terminal.
  • one network device and multiple network devices can use multiple beams to transmit data and/or control signaling to a terminal.
  • FIG. 1 in scenario (a) in FIG. 1, multiple network devices use different beams to send data and/or control signaling to a terminal, in scenario (b) in FIG. 1, a network The device uses different beams to send data and/or control signaling to a terminal.
  • the multiple beams may be multiple beams sent by one network device or multiple beams sent by multiple network devices.
  • the multiple network devices may be multiple radio remote units (RRU) for one base station, or multiple RRUs for multiple base stations.
  • RRU radio remote units
  • the network device may be a device deployed in a radio access network (radio access network, RAN for short) to provide a terminal with a wireless communication function, for example, a base station.
  • the network equipment may be various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points (APs), etc., and may also include various forms of control nodes, such as network controllers.
  • the control node may connect multiple base stations and configure resources for multiple terminals covered by the multiple base stations.
  • the names of devices with base station functions may be different, for example, global system for mobile (GSM) or code division multiple access (code division multiple access) Access (referred to as CDMA) network can be referred to as base transceiver station (BTS), wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) can be referred to as base station (NodeB), LTE system It can be called evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, referred to as eNB or eNodeB), and it can be referred to as next generation base station (gNB) in 5G communication system or NR communication system.
  • GSM global system for mobile
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • NodeB LTE system
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • gNB next generation base station
  • the specific name of the base station is not used in this application. limited.
  • the network device can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN for short) scenario, a network device in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) network, transmission and reception Node (transmission and reception point, referred to as TRP) and so on.
  • cloud radio access network cloud radio access network
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • Terminals can also be called user equipment (user equipment, referred to as UE), terminal equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile devices, user terminals, wireless communication devices, user agents or User device.
  • the terminal may be a mobile station (MS), a subscriber unit (subscriber), a drone, an IoT device, a wireless local area network (WLAN) station (station, ST), or a cellular phone (cellular), smart phone, smart phone, cordless phone, wireless data card, tablet computer, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop (WLL) station, Personal digital processing (personal digital assistant, PDA) device, laptop computer, machine type communication (MTC) terminal, handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device, or connected to a wireless modem Other processing devices, vehicle-mounted devices, and wearable devices (also called wearable smart devices).
  • the terminal may also be a terminal in a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal in a 5G communication system
  • Antenna port is a logical concept.
  • One antenna port can correspond to one physical transmit antenna or multiple physical transmit antennas. In both cases, the receiver of the terminal will not decompose the signal from the same antenna port.
  • the reference signal (ReferenceSignal) corresponding to this antenna port defines this antenna port, for example .
  • the antenna port corresponding to the de-modulation reference signal (DMRS) is the DMRS port, and the terminal can obtain the channel estimate of the antenna port according to the reference signal.
  • Each antenna port corresponds to a time/frequency resource grid (time/frequency resource grid) with its own reference signal.
  • An antenna port is a channel, and the terminal can perform channel estimation and data demodulation according to the reference signal corresponding to the antenna port.
  • high-frequency communication adopts analog beam technology, which performs weighting processing through a large-scale antenna array to concentrate the signal energy in a small range to form a beam-like signal (called analog beam, referred to as beam ) To increase the transmission distance.
  • analog beam referred to as beam
  • Beam is a communication resource.
  • the beam may be a wide beam, or a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
  • the technique of forming a beam may be a beam forming technique or other technical means.
  • the beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology. Different beams can be considered as different resources. The same information or different information can be sent through different beams. Optionally, multiple beams with the same or similar communication characteristics may be regarded as one beam.
  • a beam can be formed by one or more antenna ports, used to transmit data channels, control channels and sounding signals.
  • One or more antenna ports forming a beam can be regarded as a set of antenna ports.
  • the beam includes a transmit beam and a receive beam.
  • the transmit beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength formed in different directions in space after the signal is transmitted by the antenna
  • the receive beam may refer to the distribution in which the antenna array strengthens or weakens the reception of wireless signals in different directions in space.
  • beam information can be indicated through the quasi-colocation (QCL) relationship of antenna ports.
  • the indication information (for example, downlink control information (DCI)) may indicate that one resource (or antenna port) and another resource (or antenna port) have a quasi-co-location relationship to indicate the two
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the beams corresponding to each resource (or antenna port) have the same spatial characteristics, and can be received by the same receive beam.
  • the beam can be specifically expressed in the protocol by the identification of various signals, such as the resource index of the channel state information reference signal (channel-state information reference (referred to as CSI-RS), synchronous signal broadcast channel block (synchronous signal/physical broadcast channel)
  • CSI-RS channel-state information reference
  • synchronous signal broadcast channel block synchronous signal/physical broadcast channel
  • the block may be referred to as the SS/PBCH block or SSB index, to detect the resource index of the sounding reference signal (SRS), and to track the resource index of the reference signal (TRS).
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • TRS resource index of the reference signal
  • a beam and a DMRS port or a transmission configuration indication (TCI) or a TRP or a sounding reference signal resource indication (SRS resource indicator (SRI) for uplink data transmission
  • TCI transmission configuration indication
  • SRS transmission reference signal resource indication
  • SRI sounding reference signal resource indicator
  • the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the DMRS port and the TCI as examples. Due to the resource index of the DMRS port, TCI, TRP, SRI, and CSI-RS, the index of the SS/PBCH block, Both the SRS resource index and the TRS resource index can represent beams. Therefore, the following DMRS port and TCI can also be replaced with beam, TRP, SRI, CSI-RS resource index, SS/PBCH block index, SRS resource index or TRS resource index, and the replacement does not change this application The essence of the method provided by the embodiment.
  • the QCL relationship is used to indicate that there are one or more same or similar communication characteristics among multiple resources.
  • the same or similar communication configuration can be adopted.
  • the signals corresponding to the antenna ports with the QCL relationship have the same parameters, or the parameters of one antenna port (also called QCL parameters) can be used to determine the parameters of the other antenna port with the QCL relationship with the antenna port
  • the two antenna ports have the same parameters, or the parameter difference between the two antenna ports is less than a certain threshold.
  • the parameters may include one or more of the following: delay spread (delay spread), Doppler spread (Doppler spread), Doppler frequency shift (Doppler shift), average delay (average delay), average Gain, spatial reception parameters (spatial Rx parameters).
  • the spatial reception parameters may include one or more of the following: angle of arrival (angle of arrival, AOA for short), average AOA, AOA expansion, angle of departure (angle for departure, AOD for short), average angle of departure AOD, AOD expansion , Spatial correlation parameters of the receiving antenna, spatial correlation parameters of the transmitting antenna, transmitting beam, receiving beam, and resource identification.
  • TCI can be used to indicate the QCL information of the physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, referred to as PDCCH)/physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, referred to as PDSCH), and can specifically be used to indicate the DMRS of the PDCCH/PDSCH and which reference signal Satisfying the QCL relationship, the terminal may receive the PDCCH/PDSCH using spatial parameters that are the same as or similar to the spatial parameters of the reference signal.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • a reference signal index may be used to indicate to which reference signal the DMRS of the PDCCH/PDSCH satisfies the QCL relationship.
  • TCI may also be referred to as TCI-state.
  • the time unit in the embodiment of the present application may be orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM for short) symbols, minislots, slots, subframes, and transmission time intervals ( transmission time interval (TTI) etc.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • TTI transmission time interval
  • Repeated data transmission mode can be divided into time-domain repeated transmission mode, air-domain repeated transmission mode and air-domain and time-domain repeated transmission mode (referred to as space-time repeated transmission mode).
  • the time-domain repeated transmission mode is in the prior art, that is, the data transmission method of transmitting one RV of TB in each time unit of the multiple time units described in the background art above, the data of this repeated transmission mode The transmission efficiency is low. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application provide a space domain repeated transmission mode and a space-time repeated transmission mode to improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the specific meanings of the space-domain repeated transmission mode and the space-time repeated transmission mode can be referred to below.
  • the data sent from the Medium Access Control (MAC) layer to the physical layer is organized in the form of TB.
  • the MAC layer may send a TB to the physical layer or multiple TBs. Referring to FIG. 2, taking 2 TBs as an example for illustration, the transmitting end performs channel coding (turbo encoder), rate matching, scrambling, modulation, and layer mapping on each TB. , Precoding (precoding), time-frequency resource mapping, and converting the signal after the time-frequency resource mapping into a time-domain signal to send.
  • each time one RV is transmitted the receiving end can receive different RVs of the same TB and combine these RVs to decode them.
  • the data after rate matching is further scrambled and modulated to obtain constellation symbols.
  • the constellation symbols are mapped to one or more transmission layers (transmission layers, usually also called layers). Each layer corresponds to a valid data stream.
  • the data stream of each layer is pre-encoded to obtain a pre-encoded data stream.
  • Pre-encoding is a process of mapping a layer (layer) to an antenna port using a precoding matrix.
  • the pre-encoded data stream is mapped onto time-frequency resources, and then converted into time-domain signals and sent out.
  • the network device uses multiple DMRS ports or multiple TCIs to send multiple first data to the terminal in one time unit, and all the first data sent on the time unit is generated based on the same second data.
  • the network device uses multiple DMRS ports or multiple TCIs to transmit multiple first data on at least one time unit among multiple time units, and all the first data transmitted on multiple time units are all Generated from the same second data.
  • RVx refers to the RV with the index of “x”, and x is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 3.
  • Sham RV means “RV with the same index”
  • Different RV means “RV with different indexes”.
  • * in the embodiments of the present application means "multiply”.
  • the method provided in Embodiment 1 includes:
  • the network device sends first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to instruct the network device to use the air domain repeated transmission mode for data transmission.
  • the air domain repetitive transmission mode is a transmission mode that uses multiple DMRS ports or multiple TCIs to send N first data in one time unit, N first data are generated according to the same second data, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the transmission mode with this feature may also have other names, for example, the first transmission mode, the transmission mode A, the transmission mode B, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the first indication information may be indicated by a field.
  • the name of this field may be Repetition Factor DL.
  • this field is a switch field, which can be configured to specific values such as 0/1, on/off, true/false, enabled/disabled, and the specific form is not limited.
  • this field is configured to the on state (such as 1/on/true/enabled or other forms)
  • this field is configured to be off (such as 0/off/false/disabled Or other forms)
  • this field is configured to be off, it means that the network device will use the airspace repeat transmission mode
  • this field is configured to be on, it means that the network device does not use the airspace repeat transmission mode.
  • this field can be configured as a specific value.
  • the value is configured to a value greater than k, it means that the network device will adopt the airspace repeat transmission mode.
  • the value is configured to a value less than or equal to k or is not configured, it indicates that the network device does not adopt the airspace repeat transmission mode.
  • the value of k may be 1.
  • the value of k may also be a positive integer other than 1.
  • the first indication information may also be indicated by multiple fields, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the correspondence between the DMRS port and the first data may be many-to-one (that is, multiple DMRS ports are used to send one first data), or one-to-many (that is, one DMRS port is used to send multiple first data), or It is one-to-one (that is, one DMRS port is used to send a first data).
  • N DMRS ports send N first data in one time unit.
  • TCI and first data can be many-to-one (that is, multiple TCIs are used to send one first data), or one-to-many (that is, one TCI is used to send multiple first data), or It is one-to-one (that is, one TCI is used to send one first data).
  • N TCIs send N first data in one time unit.
  • the first data may be TB or RV.
  • the N first data may be based on the same upper layer data (for example, MAC PDU, PDU refers to protocol data unit (protocol data unit), in this case, the MAC PDU is the same Two data), generated N different TB. That is, the same MAC PDU is copied into N copies, and a copy of the MAC PDU is a TB (that is, a copy of the MAC PDU is a first data).
  • MAC PDU refers to protocol data unit (protocol data unit)
  • the MAC PDU is the same Two data
  • the N first data may be N RVs generated according to the same TB (in this case, the same TB is the same second data).
  • the second data is TB
  • N first data may correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data
  • N first data may also correspond to the same RV of the same second data.
  • the N first data correspond to 4 different RVs of the same second data.
  • the N first data correspond to 2 different RVs of the same second data.
  • the N first data are RV0 of TB1, RV0 of TB1, RV0 of TB1, and RV0 of TB1
  • the N first data correspond to the same RV of the same second data.
  • the N first data may also be N RVs based on N TBs generated from the same upper layer data (in this case, the same upper layer data is the same second data above), namely One first data is one RV of one TB.
  • N 2 if N TBs are TB1 and TB2, and N RVs of N TBs are RV0 of TB1 and RV1 of TB2, then one of the N first data is RV0 of TB1, and the other A first data is RV1 of TB2.
  • the RV indexes corresponding to different first data sent by different DMRS ports or different TCIs may be different or the same. If multiple first data are sent by one DMRS port or one TCI, the indexes of RVs corresponding to the multiple first data may be different or the same.
  • the network device uses multiple DMRS ports or multiple TCIs to send N first data in one time unit.
  • step 302 when specifically implemented, includes: the network device uses N DMRS ports or N TCI to send N first data to the terminal in one time unit.
  • the terminal receives first indication information from the network device, and according to the first indication information, receives N first data from the network device at the above time unit.
  • the terminal decodes the received N first data after merging.
  • Step 304 only provides a way for the terminal to process the N first data.
  • the terminal may also decode only the first data received on each DMRS port or each TCI, and may also decode N The first data and the previously received one or more data generated from the same second data are combined and decoded.
  • N first data correspond to multiple different RVs
  • the decoding success rate can be improved.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal sends the data reception result to the network device.
  • the data reception result may be an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK for short) or a negative acknowledgement (negative-acknowledgement, NACK for short).
  • the data reception result may be used to feed back one or more decoding results among the first decoding result, the second decoding result, and the third decoding result to the network device.
  • the first decoding result refers to a decoding result in which the terminal decodes the first data received on each DMRS port or each TCI individually.
  • the second decoding result refers to the combined decoding result of the N first data by the terminal.
  • the third decoding result refers to the combined decoding result of the N first data and one or more data that were previously generated by the same second data and received by the terminal.
  • the network device may use multiple DMRS ports or multiple TCIs to send multiple first data generated from the same second data on the same time unit, and send them in multiple consecutive time units. Compared with multiple different RVs of the same TB, while ensuring the reliability of data transmission, it can reduce data transmission delay and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal can only perform merge decoding when it knows the index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data.
  • the method may further include: the network device sends second indication information to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the role of the second indication information refer to Example 1 or Example 2.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the index of one RV (denoted as the first RV) of the N RVs.
  • the N RVs correspond to the N first data one-to-one, and the index of the first RV out of the N RVs to the first The indexes of N RVs satisfy the preset cyclic sequence.
  • the index of the nth RV among the N RVs is the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent by the network device using the nth DMRS port (or nth TCI), and n is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to N.
  • the first RV may be the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent by the network device using the nth/numbered nth smallest/numbered nth DMRS port (or TCI), or may be the smallest (or largest) DMRS The index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent by the port (or TCI).
  • the numbers of the N RVs in the embodiment of the present application may start from 0 or start from 1.
  • the RV numbered n-1 is the nth RV of the N RVs.
  • the numbering of N DMRS ports can start from 0 or 1
  • the DMRS port numbered n-1 is the n-th DMRS port among the N DMRS ports.
  • the numbering of N TCIs can start from 0 or 1.
  • the TCI numbered n-1 is the nth TCI among the N TCIs.
  • the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are exemplarily described by taking N RV numbers, N DMRS port numbers, and N TCI numbers starting from 0 as examples.
  • the preset cycle order satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs may include the indexes of all types of RVs (RVs with different indexes are different types of RVs).
  • the preset cycle order satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs may be: 0 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 1 ⁇ ..., that is, if the DMRS port numbered 0 or The index of the RV corresponding to the TCI is 0, then the index of the DMRS port numbered 1 or the RV corresponding to the TCI is 2, the index of the DMRS port number 2 or the RV corresponding to the TCI is 3, the DMRS port or TCI number The index of the corresponding RV is 1, the index of the RV corresponding to the DMRS port numbered 4 or TCI is 0, and so on.
  • the terminal can calculate the RV indexes corresponding to all DMRS ports or all TCIs.
  • the second indication information indicates the RV index corresponding to the DMRS port number 0 or TCI, and the index is 2. Then the RV index corresponding to the DMRS port numbered 1 or TCI is 3. The RV index corresponding to the DMRS port number 2 or TCI is 1. The RV index corresponding to the DMRS port number 3 or TCI is 0.
  • the RV corresponding to the DMRS port or TCI in the embodiment of the present application refers to the RV corresponding to the first data sent by using the DMRS port or the TCI.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of N RVs may also be 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ ...
  • n' is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than N.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs may also include indexes of some types of RVs.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs may be: 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ ...
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs may also include only the indexes of a single type of RVs.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs may be: 0 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 0 ⁇ ...
  • step 304 when specifically implemented, may include:
  • the terminal merges the received N first data according to the second instruction information.
  • the terminal decodes the combined N first data.
  • Step 11 it may include:
  • the terminal determines the index of the RV corresponding to each first data of the N first data according to the second indication information and a preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the N RVs.
  • the terminal merges the N first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data.
  • the terminal may calculate N RV indexes according to the RV index indicated by the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the N RV indexes. Based on the example shown in Table 1, if the index of the RV indicated by the second indication information is the index of the RV corresponding to the DMRS port numbered 0 or TCI, and the index of the RV is 0, the terminal can determine the number according to Table 1.
  • the index of the RV corresponding to the DMRS port 1 or TCI is 2, the index of the DMRS port number 2 or the RV corresponding to the TCI is 3, the index of the DMRS port number 3 or the RV corresponding to the TCI is 1, the index is 4
  • the index of the RV corresponding to the DMRS port or TCI is 0 again, and so on.
  • the network device may not indicate to the terminal the index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data.
  • the second indication information may indicate the index of N RVs, and the index of the nth RV indicated by the second indication information is that the network device adopts the nth/number nth smaller/number nth largest DMRS
  • the second indication information may be indicated by 2*N bits, and each 2 bits is used to indicate an index of one RV of N RVs.
  • the second indication information may include 2 bits, and the 2 bits are used to indicate the indexes of N RVs.
  • step 304 when specifically implemented, may include:
  • the terminal merges the received N first data according to the second instruction information.
  • the terminal decodes the combined N first data.
  • Step 31) it may include:
  • the terminal determines the index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data according to the second instruction information.
  • the terminal merges the N first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data.
  • the terminal may determine the index of the RV corresponding to each of the N first data directly according to the second indication information without performing calculation.
  • the second indication information in Example 1 and Example 2 may be carried in the DCI, and the DCI may be sent to the terminal on the above time unit.
  • the DCI may be extended DCI.
  • the DCI may include indexes of N RVs of the same TB, and the same TB here is the same second data described above.
  • Example 1 and the solution described in Example 2 in Embodiment 1 do not depend on the above steps 301 to 303, and can be implemented independently. In the case of independent implementation, these independent solutions may also be combined with other solutions in the embodiments of the present application, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends third indication information to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the third indication information from the network device.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of TRPs used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the first device sent by the network device in the time unit The amount of data; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by the network device in a time unit.
  • step 303 during specific implementation may include that the terminal receives N first data from the network device in one time unit according to the first indication information and the third indication information.
  • the terminal may determine the number of the first data sent by the network device according to the third indication information, so as to receive N first data.
  • the first indication information may be the same indication information as the third indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • the first indication information and the third indication information are the same indication information
  • the first indication information is indicated by a field, and this field may be configured as a specific numeric value.
  • the value is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit, or the value is used to indicate the number of TRPs used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit, or the value is used to indicate The number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit, or the value is used to indicate the amount of first data sent by the network device in the time unit, or the value is used to indicate the number of the first data sent by the network device in the time unit The number of different RVs corresponding to one data.
  • the value When the value is configured to be greater than k, the value is also used to indicate that the network device will adopt the airspace repeat transmission mode. When the value is configured to a value less than or equal to k or is not configured, it indicates that the network device does not adopt the airspace repeat transmission mode.
  • the value of k may be 1.
  • the value of k may also be a positive integer other than 1.
  • the first indication information and the third indication information are the same indication information
  • the first indication information includes a plurality of fields, one is a switch field, which is used to indicate whether to use an airspace repeated transmission mode, and the other field is
  • the numeric field is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit, or to indicate the number of TRPs used by the network device to send the first data in the time unit, or to indicate that the network device
  • the number of TCIs used by the time unit to send the first data or to indicate the amount of first data sent by the network device in the time unit, or to indicate the different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by the network device in the time unit Quantity.
  • any one or more of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information in Embodiment 1 may be carried in radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) signaling), or a MAC control element (MAC control element, MAC for short) signaling, or, in DCI.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC control element MAC control element
  • any two of the N first data occupy different frequency domain resources.
  • the two TCIs correspond to different frequency domain resources.
  • the correspondence between TCI and the first data may be many-to-one or one. For many, it can be one-to-one.
  • the correspondence between the DMRS port and the first data may be many-to-one, one-to-many, or one-to-one.
  • the data transmission method provided in the second embodiment includes:
  • the network device sends first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to instruct the network device to adopt the space-time repeated transmission mode for data transmission.
  • the space-time repetitive transmission mode is a transmission mode in which multiple DMRS ports or multiple TCIs are used to send the first data on M time units.
  • the network device uses multiple DMRS ports or more on at least one time unit among the M time units.
  • Each TCI sends multiple first data, and the first data sent on M time units are all generated based on the same second data, and M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the transmission mode with this feature may also have other names, for example, the second transmission mode, which is not limited in this application.
  • the M time units may be continuous multiple time units or discontinuous multiple time units.
  • the network device When the network device indicates to the terminal whether to use the space-time repetitive transmission mode for data transmission, it can indicate separately (marked as indication method 1) or can combine instructions (marked as indication method 2). description.
  • the first indication information may be indicated by a field.
  • this field is a switch field that can be configured with specific values such as 0/1, on/off, true/false, enabled/disabled, and so on.
  • this field is configured to the on state (such as 1/on/true/enabled or other forms)
  • this field is configured to be off (such as 0/off/false/ disabled or other forms)
  • the field is configured to be off, it means that the network device will use the space-time repeat transmission mode
  • when the field is configured to be on it means that the network device does not use the space-time repeat transmission mode.
  • this field can be configured as a specific value.
  • this value is configured to be greater than k, it means that the network device will adopt the space-time repeat transmission mode.
  • the value is configured to a value less than or equal to k or is not configured, it means that the network device does not adopt the space-time repeated transmission mode.
  • the value of k may be 1.
  • the value of k may also be a positive integer other than 1.
  • the first indication information may include two fields, and the two fields are used together to indicate whether to use the space-time repeated transmission mode.
  • a field is used to indicate whether to use the time-domain repeated transmission mode. For example, through the aggregationFactorDL parameter in the current R15 protocol, when aggregationFactorDL>1, it indicates that the network device will adopt the time-domain repeated transmission mode.
  • the other field is used to indicate whether to use the air domain repetitive transmission mode (for specific meaning, see Embodiment 1), for example, by RepetitionFactorDL parameter indication.
  • These two fields can be included in the same message or in different messages. RepetitionFactorDL and aggregationFactorDL can be configured independently.
  • the number of first data sent by the network device on different time units may be the same or different.
  • the time unit when the time unit is a time slot, the number of first data sent by the network device in different time slots is different.
  • the time unit when the time unit is a time slot, the number of first data sent by the network device in different time slots is the same.
  • the correspondence between the DMRS port and the first data can be many-to-one (that is, multiple DMRS ports are used to send one first data), or it can be one-to-many (that is, one DMRS port is used to send multiple first Data), it can also be one-to-one (that is, a DMRS port is used to send a first data).
  • N is an integer greater than 1
  • the N DMRS ports send N first data on one time unit.
  • the correspondence between TCI and first data can be many-to-one (that is, multiple TCIs are used to send one first data), or it can be one-to-many (that is, one TCI is used to send multiple first One data), it can also be one-to-one (that is, one TCI is used to send one first data).
  • the N TCI sends N first data in one time unit.
  • the first data may be TB or RV.
  • the network device sends Q first data in M time units.
  • the Q first data may be Q different TBs generated based on the same upper layer data (for example, MAC PDU, in this case, the MAC PDU is the same second data). That is, the same MAC PDU is copied into Q copies, and a copy of the MAC PDU is a TB (that is, a copy of the MAC PDU is a first data).
  • the same MAC PDU is copied into Q copies, and a copy of the MAC PDU is a TB (that is, a copy of the MAC PDU is a first data).
  • the Q first data may be Q RVs based on multiple TBs generated from the same upper layer data (in this case, the same upper layer data is the same second data), that is, one The first data is one RV of one TB. For example, if the multiple TBs are TB1 and TB2, and the Q RVs of the multiple TBs are RV0 of TB1, RV1 of TB1, RV0 of TB2, and RV1 of TB2, then the Q first data are: RV0 of TB1, RV1 of TB1, RV0 of TB2 and RV1 of TB2.
  • the Q first data may also be Q RVs generated based on the same TB (in this case, the same TB is the same second data).
  • the second data is TB
  • Q first data may correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data
  • Q first data may also correspond to the same RV of the same second data.
  • the Q first data correspond to 4 different RVs of the same second data.
  • the Q first data correspond to 2 different RVs of the same second data.
  • the Q first data are RV0 of TB1, RV0 of TB1, RV0 of TB1, and RV0 of TB1
  • the Q first data correspond to the same RV of the same second data.
  • the network device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data, and each time unit sends N first data, in a possible implementation, the second data is TB, the network device
  • the N first data sent on each time unit of the M time units correspond to multiple different RVs of the same second data. Exemplarily, referring to FIG.
  • the network device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data, and each time unit sends N first data
  • the second data is TB
  • the network The N first data sent by the device on each of the M time units corresponds to the same RV of the same second data
  • the first data sent by the network device on different time units of the M time units Multiple different RVs corresponding to the same second data.
  • the index of the RV corresponding to the first data 1 and the first data 2 sent by the network device in time slot 0 is the same ( Both are RV0)
  • the index of the RV corresponding to the first data 3 and the first data 4 sent in the time slot 1 are also the same (both RV1), but the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent in the time slot 0 (Ie RV0) is different from the RV index (ie RV1) corresponding to the first data sent in time slot 1.
  • the network device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data, and each time unit sends N first data, for each time unit, when the first data is TB
  • the N first data may be N different TBs generated based on the same upper layer data.
  • the N first data may be N RVs generated according to the same TB, or the N first data may also be N pieces based on N TBs generated from the same upper layer data RV, that is, one RV whose first data is one TB.
  • the RV indexes corresponding to different first data sent by different DMRS ports or different TCIs may be different or the same. If multiple first data are sent by one DMRS port or one TCI, the indexes of RVs corresponding to the multiple first data may be different or the same.
  • the network device uses multiple DMRS ports or multiple TCIs on M time units to send multiple first data to the terminal.
  • the network device uses multiple DMRS ports or multiple TCIs to send multiple first data on at least one of the M time units.
  • step 402 when specifically implemented, includes: each of the M time units of the network device Each time unit uses N DMRS ports or N TCIs to send N first data to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives first indication information from the network device, and receives multiple first data from the network device on M time units according to the first indication information.
  • the terminal receives multiple first data on at least one time unit among the M time units.
  • the network device uses one DMRS port or one TCI to send one first data, and each time unit sends N first data
  • step 403 when specifically implemented, includes: the terminal according to the first indication information, in Each of the M time units receives N first data from the network device.
  • the terminal decodes all the first data received on the M time units after combining them.
  • Step 404 only provides a method for the terminal to process the first data received on the M time units.
  • the terminal may also only separately interpret the first data received on each DMRS port or each TCI
  • the first data received on the same time unit can also be combined and decoded. All the first data received on the M time units and the previously received same data can also be generated from the same second data. One or more of the data are combined and decoded.
  • the decoding success rate can be improved.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal sends the data reception result to the network device.
  • the data reception result can be ACK or NACK.
  • the data reception result may be used to feed back one or more decoding results among the first decoding result, the second decoding result, the third decoding result, and the fourth decoding result to the network device.
  • the first decoding result refers to a decoding result in which the terminal decodes the first data received on each DMRS port or each TCI individually.
  • the second decoding result refers to the decoding result after the first data received on the same time unit is combined and decoded.
  • the third decoding result refers to a decoding result obtained by merging all the first data received in M time units.
  • the fourth decoding result refers to a decoding result obtained by combining all the first data received on the M time units with one or more data received previously and also generated from the same second data.
  • the network device uses at least multiple DMRS ports or multiple TCIs to transmit multiple first data generated from the same second data on one time unit among multiple time units, and the continuous Compared with multiple different RVs sending the same TB in multiple time units, while ensuring the reliability of data transmission, it can reduce the data transmission delay and improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal can also learn the index of the RV corresponding to each received first data.
  • the above method further includes: the network device sends second indication information to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the role of the second indication information refer to Example 1 or Example 2.
  • Examples 1 and 2 take the network device sending N first data on each of the M time units as an example for illustration. The principle in other cases is also the same and will not be repeated.
  • Example 1 is to make the terminal know the index of the RV corresponding to each received first data by preset the cyclic sequence satisfied by the index of the RV.
  • the function of the second indication information is slightly different, which will be described below .
  • the index of the RV corresponding to all the first data sent by the network device on M time units satisfies the preset cyclic sequence.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the index of one RV (marked as the first RV) of the M*N RVs.
  • the M*N RVs correspond to the M*N first data one by one, M* The N first data are all the first data sent by the network device in M time units, and the index of the first RV to the index of the M*N RV in the M*N RVs satisfy the preset cyclic sequence.
  • the index of RVmn in M*N RVs is the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent by the network device using the nth DMRS port (or nth TCI) in the mth time unit.
  • RVmn refers to The RV corresponding to the n-th first data sent by the m-th time unit, m is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to M, and n is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to N.
  • the first RV may be corresponding to the first data sent by the DMRS port (or TCI) of the nth/numbered nth/nth largest number on the 1st time unit or the Mth time unit RV, the first RV may also be the RV corresponding to the first data sent by the DMRS port (or TCI) with the smallest number (or the largest) on the first time unit or the Mth time unit.
  • the numbering of the M time units in the embodiment of the present application may start from 0 or start from 1.
  • the time unit numbered m-1 is the m-th time unit among the M time units.
  • the numbering of N DMRS ports can start from 0 or 1
  • the DMRS port numbered n-1 is the n-th DMRS port among the N DMRS ports.
  • the numbering of N TCIs can start from 0 or 1.
  • the TCI numbered n-1 is the nth TCI among the N TCIs.
  • the number of M time units, the number of N DMRS ports, and the number of N TCIs all start from 0 as an example to illustrate the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the indexes of M*N RVs may include all types of RV indexes (RVs with different indexes are different types of RVs).
  • RVs with different indexes are different types of RVs.
  • the preset loop order satisfied by the indexes of M*N RVs may be: 0 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 1 ⁇ ..., that is, if The index of the first RV sent on the time unit numbered 0 (that is, the first RV of M*N RVs) is 0, then the second RV sent on the time unit numbered 0 (that is, M*
  • the index of the second RV out of N RVs is 2, the index of the first RV sent on the time unit numbered 1 (that is, the third RV out of M*N RVs) is 3, and the number is 1
  • the index of the 2nd RV sent on the time unit that is, the 4th RV of M*N RVs
  • the 1st RV sent on the time unit of number 2 that is, M*
  • the terminal can calculate all DMRS sent on all time units
  • the RV index corresponding to the port (or all TCIs). For example, assuming N 2, the second indication information indicates the RV index corresponding to the DMRS port (or TCI) numbered 0 of the time unit numbered 0, and the index is 0. Then, the RV index corresponding to the DMRS port (or TCI) numbered 1 in the time unit numbered 0 is 2.
  • the DMRS port (or TCI) numbered 0 for the time unit numbered 1 corresponds to an RV index of 3
  • the DMRS port (or TCI) numbered 1 for the time unit numbered 1 corresponds to an RV index of 1.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of M*N RVs can also be 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ ....
  • the n-th RV sent on the time unit with number m' refers to "the RV corresponding to the n-th first data sent on the time unit with number m'”.
  • the time unit numbered m'can also be interpreted as the time unit corresponding to the m'th transmission in multiple transmissions, where m'is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than M.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the M*N RV indexes may also include some types of RV indexes.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of M*N RVs may be: 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ ...
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the M*N RV indexes may also include only a single type of RV index.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of M*N RVs may be: 0 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 0 ⁇ ...
  • step 404 may include:
  • the terminal combines all the first data received on the M time units according to the second instruction information.
  • the terminal decodes all the combined first data.
  • step 11) may include:
  • the terminal determines the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in all the first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of M*N RVs;
  • the terminal merges all the first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data.
  • the terminal may calculate M*N RV indexes according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the M*N RV indexes.
  • the second indication information indicates the index of the first RV (that is, the first RV of M*N RVs) sent on the time unit with the number 0, and the second indication information is used If the index is 0, the terminal can determine the second RV sent on the time unit with the number 0 (that is, the second RV among the M*N RVs) according to Table 2 and the time unit with the number 1
  • the index of the first RV (that is, the third RV of M*N RVs) sent on the index is 3, and the second RV that is sent on the time unit numbered 1 (that is, the fourth RV of M*N RVs) RV) index is 1, and the index of the first RV (that is, the fifth RV out of M*N RVs) sent on time unit 2 is 0, and so on.
  • Scenario 2 The RV index corresponding to the N first data sent by the network device in each time unit of M time units is the same, and the RV index of the first data sent in M time units meets a preset cycle order.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the index of one RV (marked as the second RV) of the M RVs.
  • the index from the first RV to the Mth RV of the M RVs meets the preset Cyclic sequence, the mth RV of M RVs is the RV corresponding to the N first data sent by the network device in the mth time unit of M time units.
  • the second RV may be the RV corresponding to the first data sent on the first time unit, or the RV corresponding to the first data sent on the Mth time unit, or may be the first data sent on other time units.
  • the RV corresponding to a piece of data is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the M RV indexes may include all types of RV indexes.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of M RVs may be: 0 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 1 ⁇ ..., that is, if the time unit is number 0
  • the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent is 0, then the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent on the time unit number 1 is 2, and the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent on the time unit number 2
  • the index is 3, the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent on the time unit number 3 is 1, the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent on the time unit number 4 is 0, and so on.
  • the terminal can calculate the RV index corresponding to the first data sent on all time units. For example, if the second indication information indicates the RV index corresponding to the first data sent on the time unit with the number 0, and the index is 2. Then the first data sent on time unit number 1 corresponds to RV index 3, the first data sent on time unit number 2 corresponds to RV index 1, and the first data sent on time unit number 3 The RV index corresponding to the data is 0.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs can also be 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ ...
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the M RV indexes may also include some types of RV indexes.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs may be: 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ ...
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs may also include only the indexes of a single type of RVs.
  • the preset loop sequence satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs may be: 0 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 0 ⁇ ...
  • step 404 may include:
  • the terminal combines all the first data received on the M time units according to the second instruction information.
  • the terminal decodes all the combined first data.
  • step 31) may include:
  • the terminal determines the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in all the first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic order satisfied by the indexes of the M RVs.
  • the terminal merges all the first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data.
  • the terminal may calculate the M RV indexes according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the M RV indexes.
  • the terminal may determine the number as 1 according to Table 3.
  • the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent on the time unit is 2, the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent on the time unit number 2 is 3, and the index of the first data sent on the time unit number 3 corresponds to
  • the index of RV is 1, the index of the RV corresponding to the first data sent on time unit number 4 is 0, and so on.
  • Each time unit in the M time units satisfies the preset cyclic sequence.
  • one time unit satisfies the preset cycle order means that the index of the RV corresponding to the N first data sent on the time unit satisfies the preset cycle order.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the index of M RVs.
  • M RVs correspond to M time units in one-to-one correspondence.
  • the mth RV of M RVs is the network device’s first in M time units. RV corresponding to a piece of first data sent by m time units.
  • the preset cycle order satisfied on different time units may be the same or different.
  • step 404 may include:
  • the terminal combines all the first data received on M time units according to the second instruction information.
  • the terminal decodes all the combined first data.
  • step 51) may include:
  • the terminal determines the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data in all the first data according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by each of the M time units.
  • the terminal merges all the first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the first data.
  • Step 61) the terminal determines the RV corresponding to the N first data sent on the time unit according to the second indication information and the preset cyclic sequence satisfied on the time unit, and The index of the RV of the first data sent on M time units can be determined.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the index of the RV corresponding to each first data sent on each time unit of the M time units.
  • step 404 may include:
  • the terminal combines all the first data received on the M time units according to the second instruction information.
  • the terminal decodes all the combined first data.
  • step 71) may include:
  • the terminal determines the index of the RV corresponding to each of the M*N first data according to the second instruction information.
  • the terminal merges the M*N first data according to the index of the RV corresponding to each of the M*N first data.
  • Step 81) the terminal may determine the index of the RV corresponding to each of the M*N first data directly according to the second indication information without performing calculation.
  • the second indication information may be sent on the first time unit of M time units, or may be sent on other time units.
  • the second indication information may be carried in DCI.
  • the DCI may be extended DCI.
  • the DCI may include M*N RV indexes of the same TB, where the same TB is the same second data mentioned above.
  • scenario described in scenario 1 in example 1 the scenario described in scenario 2 in example 1
  • scenario described in scenario 3 in example 1 the scenario described in example 2
  • scenario described in example 2 are not Depending on the above steps 401 to 403, all can be implemented independently. In the case of independent implementation, these independent solutions may also be combined with other solutions in the embodiments of the present application, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends third indication information to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the third indication information from the network device.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in each time unit of M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate each network unit in the M time units.
  • the number of TCIs used; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the amount of first data sent by the network device in each of M time units; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the network device is in M number The number of different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by each time unit in the time unit.
  • step 403 may specifically include: according to the first indication information and the third indication information, the terminal in each of the M time units N first data are received from the network device on the time unit.
  • the terminal may determine the number of the first data sent by the network device on each time unit according to the third instruction information, so as to receive the first data on each time unit.
  • the first indication information and the third indication information may be the same indication information, or may be different indication information.
  • the field may be configured as a specific numerical value, which may be used to indicate The number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in each time unit of M time units; alternatively, the value can be used to instruct the network device to send the first data at each time unit of the M time units The number of TRPs used.
  • the network device uses one TRP to send a first data; or, the value can be used to indicate the number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in each of M time units; or, the The numeric value can be used to indicate the amount of first data sent by the network device in each of M time units; or, the numeric value can be used to indicate the first data sent by the network device in each of the M time units.
  • the number of different RVs corresponding to one data.
  • the first indication information may include multiple fields.
  • a field in the first indication information is a switch field, which is used to indicate whether to adopt the space-time repeated transmission mode.
  • the other field is a numeric field, which is used to indicate the number of DMRS ports used by the network device to send the first data in each of M time units; or, the numeric field is used to indicate that the network device is in M
  • the number of TCIs used to send the first data; or, the value field is used to indicate the amount of first data sent by the network device in each of M time units; or, the value field is used to indicate the network device The number of different RVs corresponding to the first data sent by each time unit in the M time units.
  • one field in the first indication information is used to indicate whether to use the time domain repeated transmission mode, and the other field is used to indicate whether to use the air domain repeated transmission mode.
  • Another field can be configured as a specific value, which can be used for Instruct the network device to use the number of DMRS ports used to send the first data in each of the M time units; alternatively, the value can be used to instruct the network device to send the first data in each of the M time units.
  • the number of TRPs used the network device uses one TRP to send a first data; or, the value can be used to indicate the number of TCIs used by the network device to send the first data in each of M time units; or, This value can be used to indicate the amount of first data sent by the network device in each of M time units; or, the value can be used to indicate the amount of first data sent by the network device in each of M time units The number of different RVs corresponding to the first data.
  • any one or more of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information in Embodiment 2 may be carried in RRC signaling, or MAC CE signaling, or DCI.
  • any two of the N first data occupy different frequency domain resources.
  • the two TCIs correspond to different frequency domain resources.
  • multiple DMRS ports are used to send N first data in the time unit, and the correspondence relationship between the TCI and the first data may be multiple pairs One can be one-to-many or one-to-one.
  • the correspondence between the DMRS port and the first data may be many-to-one, one-to-many, or one-to-one.
  • the preset cycle order satisfied by the RV index in each example of the first and second embodiments of the present application is an example, and in actual implementation, it may be another cycle order.
  • the embodiment of the present application No restrictions.
  • the preset cyclic sequence satisfied by the RV indexes in the first and second embodiments of the present application may be specified by the protocol or determined by the network device. In the latter case, the network device may indicate to the terminal the preset cyclic order that the RV index satisfies, so that the terminal determines the RV corresponding to the first data according to the preset cyclic order that the RV index satisfies.
  • the foregoing embodiment uses the provided method to apply to downlink data (that is, the network device transmits the first data in the air domain repeated transmission mode/space-time repeated transmission mode) as an example to illustrate the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the above method can also be applied to uplink data (that is, the terminal transmits the first data in the air domain repeat transmission mode/space time repeat transmission mode).
  • the actions performed by the network devices in the first and second embodiments may be performed by the terminal, and the actions performed by the terminal in the first and second embodiments may be performed by the network device.
  • which repeated transmission mode the terminal adopts may be indicated by the network device, or may be notified by the terminal to the network device after being determined by the terminal itself.
  • each network element for example, a network device and a terminal includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • each network element for example, a network device and a terminal includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application may divide the functional unit of the network device and the terminal according to the above method example.
  • each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function unit. It should be noted that the division of the units in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of a possible structure of the data transmission device (referred to as the data transmission device 90) involved in the above embodiment.
  • the data transmission device 90 includes a processing unit 901 and
  • the communication unit 902 may further include a storage unit 903.
  • the structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 9 can be used to illustrate the structure of the network device or terminal involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processing unit 901 is used to control and manage the actions of the network device, for example, the processing unit 901 is used to support the network device execution diagram Step 301, step 302, and step 305 in FIG. 3, step 401, step 402, and step 405 in FIG. 4, and/or actions performed by the network device in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processing unit 901 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 902, for example, communication with the terminal shown in FIG.
  • the storage unit 903 is used to store program codes and data of network devices.
  • the data transmission device 90 may be a network device or a chip in the network device.
  • the processing unit 901 is used to control and manage the actions of the terminal.
  • the processing unit 901 is used to support the terminal to execute the Steps 301 to 305, steps 401 to 405 in FIG. 4, and/or actions performed by the terminal in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processing unit 901 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 902, for example, with the network device shown in FIG.
  • the storage unit 903 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal.
  • the data transmission device 90 may be a terminal or a chip in the terminal.
  • the processing unit 901 may be a processor or a controller, and the communication unit 902 may be a communication interface, transceiver, transceiver, transceiver circuit, transceiver device, etc., wherein the communication interface It is a collective term and can include one or more interfaces.
  • the storage unit 903 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 901 may be a processor or controller, and the communication unit 902 may be an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the storage unit 903 may be a storage unit within the chip (eg, registers, cache, etc.), or may be a storage unit (eg, read-only memory, random access memory, etc.) located outside the chip within the terminal or network device.
  • the communication unit may also be called a transceiver unit.
  • the antenna and the control circuit in the data transmission device 90 having the transceiver function can be regarded as the communication unit 902 of the data transmission device 90, and the processor having the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 901 of the data transmission device 90.
  • the device for realizing the receiving function in the communication unit 902 may be regarded as a receiving unit.
  • the receiving unit is used to perform the receiving step in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit may be a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like.
  • the device used to implement the transmission function in the communication unit 902 may be regarded as a transmission unit.
  • the transmission unit is used to perform the transmission steps in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the transmission unit may be a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmission circuit, or the like.
  • the integrated unit in FIG. 9 may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may essentially be a part that contributes to the existing technology or all or part of the technical solutions may be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage
  • the medium includes several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Storage media for storing computer software products include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc. Program code medium.
  • the unit in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a module, for example, the processing unit may be called a processing module.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal (denoted as terminal 100) and a network device (denoted as network device 110). See Figure 10 for details.
  • the terminal 100 includes at least one processor 1001 and at least one transceiver 1003. Optionally, at least one memory 1002 is also included. Optionally, the terminal 100 further includes at least one antenna 1004. Optionally, the terminal 100 further includes an output device 1005 and/or an input device 1006.
  • the processor 1001 is used to control and manage the actions of the terminal.
  • the processor 1001 is used to support the terminal to perform steps 301 to 305 in FIG. 3, steps 401 to 405 in FIG. 4, and/or embodiments of the present application Actions performed by the terminal in other processes described in
  • the processor 1001 may communicate with other network entities through the transceiver 1003, for example, with the network device shown in FIG.
  • the memory 1002 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal.
  • the processor 1001, the memory 1002, and the transceiver 1003 are connected through a bus.
  • the processor 1001 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU for short), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC for short), or one or more programs used to control the application program Implementation of integrated circuits.
  • the processor 1001 may also include multiple CPUs, and the processor 1001 may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the memory 1002 may be ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, RAM, or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable memory) read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc-read memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.) , A disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store a desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc-read memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc-read memory
  • optical disc storage including compact disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.
  • a disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device or any other medium that
  • the memory 1002 may exist independently, and is connected to the processor 1001 through a bus.
  • the memory 1002 may also be integrated with the processor 1001.
  • the memory 1002 may contain computer program code.
  • the processor 1001 is configured to execute the computer program code stored in the memory 1002, so as to implement the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the transceiver 1003 may use any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, RAN, WLAN, and so on.
  • the output device 1005 communicates with the processor 1001 and can display information in various ways.
  • the output device 1005 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) etc.
  • the input device 1006 communicates with the processor 1001 and can receive user input in various ways.
  • the input device 1006 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensing device.
  • the transceiver 1003 may include a transmitter 10031 and a receiver 10032.
  • the device used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver 1003 may be regarded as a receiver 10032, and the receiver 10032 is used to perform the receiving step in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the device in the transceiver 1003 for implementing the sending function may be regarded as a transmitter 10031, and the transmitter 10031 is used to perform the sending step in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 110 includes at least one processor 1101 and at least one transceiver 1103.
  • at least one memory 1102 is also included.
  • the network device 110 further includes at least one antenna 1104.
  • the processor 1101 is used to control and manage the actions of the network device.
  • the processor 1101 is used to support the network device to perform steps 301, 302, and 305 in FIG. 3, and steps 401, 402, and 405 in FIG. , And/or actions performed by the network device in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 1101 may communicate with other network entities through the transceiver 1103, for example, communication with the terminal shown in FIG.
  • the memory 1102 is used to store program codes and data of network devices.
  • the processor 1101, the memory 1102 and the transceiver 1103 are connected through a bus.
  • the processor 1101, the memory 1102, and the transceiver 1103 reference may be made to the description of the processor 1001, the memory 1002, and the transceiver 1003 in the terminal 100, and details are not described herein again.
  • the transceiver 1103 may include a transmitter 11031 and a receiver 11032.
  • the device in the transceiver 1103 for implementing the receiving function may be regarded as a receiver 11032, and the receiver 11032 is used to perform the receiving step in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the device in the transceiver 1103 for implementing the sending function may be regarded as a transmitter 11031, and the transmitter 11031 is used to perform the sending step in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processor.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processor is mainly used to process the entire
  • the device controls, executes the software program, and processes the data of the software program.
  • the processor integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processor.
  • the baseband processor and the central processor can also be separate processors, which are interconnected through a bus and other technologies.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processor can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform any of the above methods.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute any of the above methods.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides an apparatus, which exists in the form of a chip product.
  • the apparatus includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver component.
  • the transceiver component includes an input and output circuit.
  • the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions.
  • the computer executes instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods.
  • the execution subject that executes the method provided by the embodiments of the present application may be a chip.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: the above network device and a terminal.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • Computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center via a wired (e.g.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device including one or more servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (for example, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (for example, DVD), or semiconductor media (for example, solid state disk (SSD)) and the like.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种数据传输方法及装置，涉及通信技术领域。该方法包括：网络设备向终端发送用于指示网络设备采用空域重复传输模式进行数据传输的第一指示信息，空域重复传输模式为采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送多个第一数据的传输模式，多个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成；网络设备采用多个波束在该时间单元向终端发送多个第一数据，从而在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，降低数据传输时延，提高数据传输效率。

Description

数据传输方法及装置
本申请要求于2019年01月10日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910024345.3、申请名称为“数据传输方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种数据传输方法及装置。
背景技术
随着通信技术的发展，在第五代(5th-generation，简称5G)通信系统的一些场景下，例如，超可靠低延迟通信(ultra-reliable and low latency communication，简称URLLC)业务场景下，对数据传输的可靠性提出了更高的要求。为了提高数据传输的可靠性，在5G通信系统中，终端可以在连续多个时间单元传输同一个传输块(transport block，简称TB)的不同冗余版本(redundancy version，简称RV)，每个时间单元上传输该TB的一个RV，且该TB的该RV映射到一个传输层，基站对在该多个时间单元接收到的数据合并后进行译码，从而提高数据的接收成功率，增加数据传播的可靠性。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种数据传输方法及装置，用于在保证数据传输的可靠性的前提下提高数据的传输效率。
为达到上述目的，本申请提供了如下第一部分和第二部分所述的方法和装置。
第一部分：
提供了一种采用空域重复传输模式进行数据传输的方法。第一部分具体包括以下第一方面至第六方面中的任意一个或多个方面提供的方法。第一部分还提供了数据传输装置，具体为以下第七方面至第十二方面提供的任意一个或多个数据传输装置，第七方面至第十二方面提供的数据传输装置分别用于实现第一方面至第六方面提供的数据传输方法。
第一方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空域重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空域重复传输模式为采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据的传输模式，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数；所述网络设备采用所述多个波束在所述时间单元向所述终端发送所述N个第一数据。
其中，网络设备可以采用一个波束发送多个第一数据，也可以采用一个波束发送一个第一数据，还可以采用多个波束发送一个第一数据。需要说明的是，DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引和TRS的资源索引均可以代表波束。因此，此处的波束也可以替换为DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引或TRS的资源索引等。该段描述同样适用于以下第二方面至第六方面中的任意一个方面，第二方面至第六方面中不再赘述。
示例性的，多个波束可以为N个DMRS端口或N个TCI。该情况下，网络设备采用N个DMRS端口或N个TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据，网络设备采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据。该段描述同样适用于以下第二方面至第六方面中的任意一个 方面，第二方面至第六方面中不再赘述。
第一方面提供的方法，网络设备可以采用多个波束在同一个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，与在连续的多个时间单元发送同一个TB的多个不同的RV相比，在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，可以降低数据传输时延，提高数据传输效率。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与所述N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息直接确定N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，终端不进行额外的运算，可以降低终端的实现复杂度。
第二方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述N个第一数据为所述网络设备采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送的第一数据，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数。
第二方面提供的方法，网络设备可以采用多个波束在同一个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，与在连续的多个时间单元发送同一个TB的多个不同的RV相比，在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，可以降低数据传输时延，提高数据传输效率。并且，终端可以根据第二指示信息和N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在所述网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息之前，该方法还包括：所述网络设备生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
第三方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，所述N个第一数据为所述网络设备采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送的第一数据，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数。
第三方面提供的方法，网络设备可以采用多个波束在同一个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，与在连续的多个时间单元发送同一个TB的多个不同的RV相比，在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，可以降低数据传输时延，提高数据传输效率。并 且，终端可以根据第二指示信息直接确定N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，终端不进行额外的运算，可以降低终端的实现复杂度。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在所述网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息之前，该方法还包括：所述网络设备生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息携带在DCI中，所述DCI中包括同一个TB的N个RV的索引，所述同一个TB为所述同一个第二数据。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第一方面至第三方面中的任意一个方面提供的任意一种方法，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述网络设备向所述终端发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。该种可能的实现方式，可以使得终端确定网络设备发送的第一数据的数量，以便对第一数据进行正确的接收。
其中，第三指示信息与第一指示信息可以为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
第四方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：终端从网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空域重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空域重复传输模式为采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据的传输模式，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数；所述终端根据所述第一指示信息，在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个第一数据；所述终端对接收到的所述N个第一数据合并后进行译码。
第四方面提供的方法，网络设备可以采用多个波束在同一个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，终端可以将由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与所述N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；所述终端对接收到的所述N个第一数据合并后进行译码，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和N个RV的索 引满足的预设的循环顺序获知N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息和所述N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述终端根据所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述N个第一数据进行合并。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述终端对接收到的所述N个第一数据合并后进行译码，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息直接确定N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，终端不进行额外的运算，可以降低终端的实现复杂度。
结合第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量；所述终端根据所述第一指示信息，在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个第一数据，包括：所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第三指示信息，在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个第一数据。
其中，第三指示信息与第一指示信息可以为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
第五方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：终端从网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与所述N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述N个第一数据为所述网络设备采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送的第一数据，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数；所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。
第五方面提供的方法，网络设备可以采用多个波束在同一个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，终端可以将由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。并且，终端可以根据第二指示信息和N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对 应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息和所述N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述终端根据所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述N个第一数据进行合并。
第六方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，所述N个第一数据为所述网络设备采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送的第一数据，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数；所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。
第六方面提供的方法，网络设备可以采用多个波束在同一个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，终端可以将由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。并且，终端可以根据第二指示信息直接确定N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，终端不进行额外的运算，可以降低终端的实现复杂度。
结合第六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息携带在DCI中，所述DCI中包括同一个TB的N个RV的索引，所述同一个TB为所述同一个第二数据。
结合第六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第五方面或第六方面提供的任意一种方法，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量；所述终端根据所述第三指示信息，在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个第一数据。
第七方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于通过所述通信单元向终端发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置采用空域重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空域重复传输模式为采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据的传输模式，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数；所述处理单元，还用于采用所述多个波束通过所述通信单元在所述时间单元向所述终端发送所述N个第一数据。
其中，数据传输装置可以采用一个波束发送多个第一数据，也可以采用一个波束发送一个第一数据，还可以采用多个波束发送一个第一数据。需要说明的是，DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引和TRS的资源索 引均可以代表波束。因此，此处的波束也可以替换为DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引或TRS的资源索引等。该段描述同样适用于以下第八方面和第九方面，第八方面和第九方面中不再赘述。
示例性的，多个波束可以为N个DMRS端口或N个TCI。该情况下，数据传输装置采用N个DMRS端口或N个TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据，数据传输装置采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据。该段描述同样适用于以下第八方面和第九方面，第八方面和第九方面中不再赘述。
结合第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
结合第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与所述N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序。
结合第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
第八方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于通过所述通信单元向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述N个第一数据为所述数据传输装置采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送的第一数据，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数。
结合第八方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第八方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
第九方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于通过所述通信单元向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，所述N个第一数据为所述数据传输装置采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送的第一数据，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数。
结合第九方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第九方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息携带在DCI中，所述DCI中包括同一个TB的N个RV的索引，所述同一个TB为所述同一个第二数据。
结合第九方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
结合第七方面至第九方面中的任意一个方面提供的任意一种装置，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元向所述终端发送第三指示信息，所述第 三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述数据传输装置采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
其中，第三指示信息与第一指示信息可以为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
第十方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述通信单元，用于从网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空域重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空域重复传输模式为采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据的传输模式，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数；所述处理单元，用于根据所述第一指示信息，通过所述通信单元在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个第一数据；所述处理单元，还用于对接收到的所述N个第一数据合并后进行译码。
其中，网络设备可以采用一个波束发送多个第一数据，也可以采用一个波束发送一个第一数据，还可以采用多个波束发送一个第一数据。需要说明的是，DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引和TRS的资源索引均可以代表波束。因此，此处的波束也可以替换为DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引或TRS的资源索引等。该段描述同样适用于以下第十一方面和第十二方面，第十一方面和第十二方面中不再赘述。
示例性的，多个波束可以为N个DMRS端口或N个TCI。该情况下，网络设备采用N个DMRS端口或N个TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据，网络设备采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据。该段描述同样适用于以下第十一方面和第十二方面，第十一方面和第十二方面中不再赘述。
结合第十方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
结合第十方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与所述N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；所述处理单元，具体用于根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。
结合第十方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，具体用于根据所述第二指示信息和所述N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，并根据所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述N个第一数据进行合并。
结合第十方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的 RV的索引；所述处理单元，具体用于根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。
结合第十方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量；所述处理单元，具体用于根据所述第一指示信息和所述第三指示信息，通过所述通信单元在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个第一数据。
其中，第三指示信息与第一指示信息可以为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
第十一方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述通信单元，用于从网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与所述N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述N个第一数据为所述网络设备采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送的第一数据，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数；所述处理单元，用于根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。
结合第十一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
结合第十一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，具体用于根据所述第二指示信息和所述N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，并根据所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述N个第一数据进行合并。
第十二方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述通信单元，用于从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，所述N个第一数据为所述网络设备采用多个波束在一个时间单元发送的第一数据，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数；所述处理单元，用于根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。
结合第十二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息携带在DCI中，所述DCI中包括同一个TB的N个RV的索引，所述同一个TB为所述同一个第二数据。
结合第十二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
结合第十一方面或第十二方面提供的任意一种装置，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网 络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量；所述处理单元，用于根据所述第三指示信息，通过所述通信单元在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个第一数据。
其中，关于上述实施例中的第二方面、第三方面、第五方面和第六方面的描述可参见具体实施方式部分的相关描述。第七方面至第十二方面的不同的实现方式的有益效果可参见第一方面至第六方面中的对应的实现方式的有益效果，在此不再赘述。
上述实施例以提供的方法应用于下行数据(即网络设备采用空域重复传输模式发送第一数据)为例对本申请提供的方法作示例性说明，在实际实现时，上述方法也可以应用于上行数据(即终端采用空域重复传输模式发送第一数据)。该情况下，上述第一方面至第六方面中的网络设备执行的动作可以由终端执行，上述第一方面至第六方面中的终端执行的动作可以由网络设备执行。另外，终端采用哪种重复传输模式可以是由网络设备指示的，也可以是由终端自己确定后通知网络设备的。
第二部分：
提供了一种采用空时重复传输模式进行数据传输的方法。第二部分具体包括以下第十三方面至第二十方面中的任意一个或多个方面提供的方法。第二部分还提供了数据传输装置，具体为以下第二十一方面至第二十八方面提供的任意一个或多个数据传输装置，第二十一方面至第二十八方面提供的数据传输装置分别用于实现第十三方面至第二十方面提供的数据传输方法。
第十三方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空时重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空时重复传输模式为在M个时间单元上采用多个波束发送第一数据的传输模式；所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送多个第一数据，M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，M为大于1的整数；所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元上采用多个波束向终端发送多个第一数据。
其中，网络设备在不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据的个数可以相同也可以不同。在一个时间单元上，网络设备可以采用一个波束发送多个第一数据，也可以采用一个波束发送一个第一数据，还可以采用多个波束发送一个第一数据。需要说明的是，DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引和TRS的资源索引均可以代表波束。因此，此处的波束也可以替换为DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引或TRS的资源索引等。该段描述同样适用于以下第十四方面至第二十方面中的任意一个方面，第十四方面至第二十方面中不再赘述。
示例性的，一个时间单元上发送第一数据的多个波束可以为N个DMRS端口或N个TCI。该情况下，网络设备采用N个DMRS端口或N个TCI在每个时间单元发送N个第一数据， 网络设备采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据。该段描述同样适用于以下第十四方面至第二十方面中的任意一个方面，第十四方面至第二十方面中不再赘述。
第十三方面提供的方法，网络设备至少采用多个波束在多个时间单元中的一个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，与在连续的多个时间单元发送同一个TB的多个不同的RV相比，在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，可以降低数据传输时延，提高数据传输效率。
结合第十三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第十三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；或者，所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知M*N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息直接确定每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，终端不进行额外的运算，可以降低终端的实现复杂度。
第十四方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述网络设备在M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序。
第十四方面提供的方法，网络设备可以在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用多个波束发送由同一个第二数据生成的N个第一数据，与在连续的多个时间单元发送同一个TB的多个不同的RV相比，在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，可以降低数据传输时延，提高 数据传输效率。并且，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知M*N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在所述网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息之前，该方法还包括：所述网络设备生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第十四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
第十五方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数。
第十五方面提供的方法，网络设备可以在多个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用多个波束发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，与在连续的多个时间单元发送同一个TB的多个不同的RV相比，在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，可以降低数据传输时延，提高数据传输效率。并且，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在所述网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息之前，该方法还包括：所述网络设备生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第十五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
第十六方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送多个第一数据，M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成， M为大于1的整数。
第十六方面提供的方法，网络设备可以在至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，与在连续的多个时间单元发送同一个TB的多个不同的RV相比，在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，可以降低数据传输时延，提高数据传输效率。并且，终端可以根据第二指示信息直接确定N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，终端不进行额外的运算，可以降低终端的实现复杂度。
结合第十六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述第二指示信息携带在DCI中，所述DCI中包括同一个TB的M*N个RV的索引，所述同一个TB为所述同一个第二数据，N为大于1的整数。
结合第十六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在所述网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息之前，该方法还包括：所述网络设备生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第十六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第十三方面至第十六方面中的任意一个方面提供的任意一种方法，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述网络设备向所述终端发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
其中，第三指示信息和第一指示信息可以为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
第十七方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：终端从网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空时重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空时重复传输模式为在M个时间单元上采用多个波束发送第一数据的传输模式；所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送多个第一数据，M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，M为大于1的整数；所述终端根据所述第一指示信息，在所述M个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收多个第一数据；所述终端对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码。
其中，在所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N 个第一数据的情况下，所述终端根据所述第一指示信息，在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收N个第一数据。
第十七方面提供的方法，网络设备可以在至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，终端可以将由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第十七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV，N为大于1的整数。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第十七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，该方法还包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；所述终端对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知M*N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息和所述M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述终端根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述全部第一数据进行合并。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知M*N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数；所述终端对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序 获知每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息和所述M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述终端根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述全部第一数据进行合并。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述终端对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息直接确定N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，终端不进行额外的运算，可以降低终端的实现复杂度。
结合第十七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量；所述终端根据所述第一指示信息，在所述M个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收多个第一数据，包括：所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第三指示信息，在所述M个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收多个第一数据。
其中，在所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据的情况下，所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和第三指示信息，在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收N个第一数据。
其中，第三指示信息与第一指示信息可以为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
第十八方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：终端从网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述网络设备在M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；所述终端根据 所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
第十八方面提供的方法，网络设备可以在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的N个第一数据，终端可以将由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。并且，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知M*N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十八方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息和所述M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述终端根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述全部第一数据进行合并。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知M*N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十八方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
第十九方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：终端从网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数；所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
第十九方面提供的方法，网络设备可以在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用多个波束发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，终端可以将由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。并且，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十九方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息和所述M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述终端根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对 所述全部第一数据进行合并。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以根据第二指示信息和M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序获知每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，网络设备可以不指示每个RV的索引，从而节约传输资源。
结合第十九方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
第二十方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：终端从网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送多个第一数据，M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，M为大于1的整数；所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
第二十方面提供的方法，网络设备可以在至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，终端可以将由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。并且，终端可以根据第二指示信息直接确定N个第一数据对应的RV的索引，终端不进行额外的运算，可以降低终端的实现复杂度。
结合第二十方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述第二指示信息携带在DCI中，所述DCI中包括同一个TB的M*N个RV的索引，所述同一个TB为所述同一个第二数据。
结合第二十方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。该种可能的实现方式，终端可以将对应同一个第二数据的不同RV的第一数据合并后进行译码，从而提高译码成功率。
结合第十八方面、第十九方面或第二十方面提供的方法，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述终端从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据对 应的不同RV的数量；所述终端根据所述第三指示信息，在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收N个第一数据。
第二十一方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于通过所述通信单元向终端发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置采用空时重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空时重复传输模式为在M个时间单元上采用多个波束发送第一数据的传输模式；所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送多个第一数据，M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，M为大于1的整数；所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元在所述M个时间单元上采用多个波束向终端发送多个第一数据。
其中，数据传输装置在不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据的个数可以相同也可以不同。在一个时间单元上，数据传输装置可以采用一个波束发送多个第一数据，也可以采用一个波束发送一个第一数据，还可以采用多个波束发送一个第一数据。需要说明的是，DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引和TRS的资源索引均可以代表波束。因此，此处的波束也可以替换为DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引或TRS的资源索引等。该段描述同样适用于以下第二十二方面至第二十四方面中的任意一个方面，第二十二方面至第二十四方面中不再赘述。
示例性的，一个时间单元上发送第一数据的多个波束可以为N个DMRS端口或N个TCI。该情况下，数据传输装置采用N个DMRS端口或N个TCI在每个时间单元发送N个第一数据，数据传输装置采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据。该段描述同样适用于以下第二十二方面至第二十四方面中的任意一个方面，第二十二方面至第二十四方面中不再赘述。
结合第二十一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
结合第二十一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；或者，所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数。
结合第二十一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信 单元向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
第二十二方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于通过所述通信单元向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成。
结合第二十二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第二十二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
第二十三方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于通过所述通信单元向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数。
结合第二十三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第二十三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
第二十四方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于通过所述通信单元向终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送多个第一数据，M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，M为大于1的整数。
结合第二十四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单 元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述第二指示信息携带在DCI中，所述DCI中包括同一个TB的M*N个RV的索引，所述同一个TB为所述同一个第二数据，N为大于1的整数。
结合第二十四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于生成所述第二指示信息。
结合第二十四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
结合第二十一方面至第二十四方面中的任意一个方面提供的任意一种装置，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于向所述终端发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述数据传输装置采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述数据传输装置在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
其中，第三指示信息和第一指示信息可以为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
第二十五方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；
所述通信单元，用于从网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空时重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空时重复传输模式为在M个时间单元上采用多个波束发送第一数据的传输模式；所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送多个第一数据，M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，M为大于1的整数；所述处理单元，用于根据所述第一指示信息，通过所述通信单元在所述M个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收多个第一数据；所述处理单元，还用于对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码。
其中，网络设备在不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据的个数可以相同也可以不同。在一个时间单元上，网络设备可以采用一个波束发送多个第一数据，也可以采用一个波束发送一个第一数据，还可以采用多个波束发送一个第一数据。需要说明的是，DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引和TRS的资源索引均可以代表波束。因此，此处的波束也可以替换为DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引或TRS的资源索引等。该段描述同样适用于以下第二十六方面至第二十八方面中的任意一个方面，第二十六方面至第二十八方面中不再赘述。
示例性的，一个时间单元上发送第一数据的多个波束可以为N个DMRS端口或N个TCI。该情况下，网络设备采用N个DMRS端口或N个TCI在每个时间单元发送N个第一数据，网络设备采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据。该段描述同样适用于以下第二十六方面至第二十八方面中的任意一个方面，第二十六方面至第二十八方面中不再赘述。
其中，在网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据的情况下，所述数据传输装置根据所述第一指示信息，在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收N个第一数据。
结合第二十五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV，N为大于1的整数。
结合第二十五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述通信单元，还用于从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；所述处理单元，具体用于根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
结合第二十五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，具体用于：根据所述第二指示信息和所述M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述全部第一数据进行合并。
结合第二十五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数；所述处理单元，具体用于根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
结合第二十五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，具体用于：根据所述第二指示信息和所述M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述全部第一数据进行合并。
结合第二十五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上 发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述处理单元，具体用于根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
结合第二十五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量；所述处理单元，具体用于根据所述第一指示信息和所述第三指示信息，通过所述通信单元在所述M个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收多个第一数据。
其中，在网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据的情况下，数据传输装置根据第一指示信息和第三指示信息，在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从网络设备接收N个第一数据。
其中，第三指示信息与第一指示信息可以为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
第二十六方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述通信单元，用于从网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述网络设备在M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；所述处理单元，用于根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
结合第二十六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，具体用于：根据所述第二指示信息和所述M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述全部第一数据进行合并。
结合第二十六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
第二十七方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述通信单元，用于从网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV 的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数；所述处理单元，用于根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
结合第二十七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，具体用于：根据所述第二指示信息和所述M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述全部第一数据进行合并。
结合第二十七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
第二十八方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述通信单元，从网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个波束发送多个第一数据，M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，M为大于1的整数；所述处理单元，用于根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
结合第二十八方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个波束发送N个第一数据，所述第二指示信息携带在DCI中，所述DCI中包括同一个TB的M*N个RV的索引，所述同一个TB为所述同一个第二数据。
结合第二十八方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
结合第二十六方面、第二十七方面或第二十八方面提供的装置，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一 数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第三指示信息，通过所述通信单元在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收N个第一数据。
其中，关于上述实施例中的第十四方面至第十六方面、第十八方面至第二十方面中的任意一个方面的描述可参见具体实施方式部分的相关描述。第二十一方面至第二十八方面的不同的实现方式的有益效果可参见第十三方面至第二十方面中的对应的实现方式的有益效果。
上述实施例以提供的方法应用于下行数据(即网络设备采用空时重复传输模式发送第一数据)为例对本申请提供的方法作示例性说明，在实际实现时，上述方法也可以应用于上行数据(即终端采用空时重复传输模式发送第一数据)。该情况下，上述第十三方面至第二十方面中的网络设备执行的动作可以由终端执行，上述第十三方面至第二十方面中的终端执行的动作可以由网络设备执行。另外，终端采用哪种重复传输模式可以是由网络设备指示的，也可以是由终端自己确定后通知网络设备的。
除了上述第一部分和第二部分提供的方法和装置之外：
第二十九方面，还提供了一种数据传输装置，该数据传输装置包括：存储器和处理器；可选的，还包括至少一个通信接口和通信总线；存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，处理器、存储器和至少一个通信接口通过通信总线连接，处理器执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令，以使数据传输装置实现第一方面至第三方面、第十三方面至第十六方面中的任一方面提供的任意一种方法。该装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在。
第三十方面，还提供了一种数据传输装置，该数据传输装置包括：存储器和处理器；可选的，还包括至少一个通信接口和通信总线；存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，处理器、存储器和至少一个通信接口通过通信总线连接，处理器执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令，以使数据传输装置实现第四方面至第六方面、第十七方面至第二十方面中的任一方面提供的任意一种方法。该装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在。
第三十一方面，还提供了一种通信系统，包括：第七方面和第十方面提供的数据传输装置；或者，第八方面和第十一方面提供的数据传输装置；或者，第九方面和第十二方面提供的数据传输装置；或者，第二十一方面和第二十五方面提供的数据传输装置；或者，第二十二方面和第二十六方面提供的数据传输装置；或者，第二十三方面和第二十七方面提供的数据传输装置；或者，第二十四方面和第二十八方面提供的数据传输装置。
第三十二方面，还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面至第三方面、第十三方面至第十六方面中的任一方面提供的任意一种方法。
第三十三方面，还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第四方面至第六方面、第十七方面至第二十方面中的任一方面提供的任意一种方法。
第三十四方面，还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时， 使得计算机执行第一方面至第三方面、第十三方面至第十六方面中的任一方面提供的任意一种方法。
第三十五方面，还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第四方面至第六方面、第十七方面至第二十方面中的任一方面提供的任意一种方法。
第二十九方面至第三十五方面中的任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面至第六方面、第十三方面至第二十方面中对应设计方式所带来的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
其中，需要说明的是，上述各个方面中的任意一个方面的各种可能的实现方式，在方案不矛盾的前提下，均可以进行组合。
附图说明
图1为一种终端和网络设备通信的示意图；
图2为一种数据包在物理层的处理过程示意图；
图3和图4分别为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程图；
图5至图8分别为本申请实施例提供的一种发送第一数据的时域位置示意图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输装置的组成示意图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备和终端的硬件结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示或的意思，例如，A/B可以表示A或B。本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。并且，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”是指两个或多于两个，“至少一个”是指一个或多个。
另外，为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请的实施例中，采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统。例如：正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency-division multiple access，简称OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(single carrier FDMA，简称SC-FDMA)和其它系统等。术语“系统”可以和“网络”相互替换。其中，OFDMA系统可以实现诸如演进通用无线陆地接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access，简称E-UTRA)、超级移动宽带(ultra mobile broadband，简称UMB)等无线技术。E-UTRA是通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunications system，简称UMTS)演进版本。第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，简称3GPP)在长期演进(long term evolution，简称LTE)和基于LTE演进的各种版本是使用E-UTRA的新版本。5G通信系统、新空口(new radio，简称NR)通信系统是正在研究当中的下一代通信系统。此外，通信系统还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术，都适用本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于各种业务场景，例如，增强移动带宽(enhanced mobile broadband，简称eMBB)业务场景、URLLC业务场景、物联网(internet of things，简称IoT)业务场景等。
本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个终端的通信系统中。该通信系统中，可以一个网络设备向一个终端传输数据和/或控制信令，也可以多个网络设备同时向一个终端传输数据和/或控制信令。其中，一个网络设备和多个网络设备均可以采用多个波束向一个终端传输数据和/或控制信令。示例性的，参见图1，图1中的场景(a)中，多个网络设备采用不同的波束向一个终端发送数据和/或控制信令，图1中的场景(b)中，一个网络设备采用不同的波束向一个终端发送数据和/或控制信令。本申请实施例中，若无特别说明，多个波束可以为一个网络设备发送的多个波束，也可以为多个网络设备发送的多个波束。示例性的，多个网络设备可以为一个基站的多个射频拉远单元(radio remote unit，简称RRU)，也可以为多个基站的多个RRU。
其中，网络设备可以为部署在无线接入网(radio access network，简称RAN)中为终端提供无线通信功能的装置，例如可以为基站。网络设备可以为各种形式的宏基站，微基站(也称为小站)，中继站，接入点(access point，简称AP)等，也可以包括各种形式的控制节点，如网络控制器。所述控制节点可以连接多个基站，并为所述多个基站覆盖下的多个终端配置资源。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中，具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同，例如，全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication，简称GSM)或码分多址(code division multiple access，简称CDMA)网络中可以称为基站收发信台(base transceiver station，简称BTS)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，简称WCDMA)中可以称为基站(NodeB)，LTE系统中可以称为演进型基站(evolved NodeB，简称eNB或eNodeB)，5G通信系统或NR通信系统中可以称为下一代基站节点(next generation node base station，简称gNB)，本申请对基站的具体名称不作限定。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，简称CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，简称PLMN)网络中的网络设备、传输接收节点(transmission and reception point，简称TRP)等。
终端还可以称为用户设备(user equipment，简称UE)、终端设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端可以是移动站(mobile station，简称MS)、用户单元(subscriber unit)、无人机、IoT设备、无线局域网(wireless local area networks，简称WLAN)中的站点(station，简称ST)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无绳电话、无线数据卡、平板型电脑、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，简称SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，简称WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，简称PDA)设备、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication，简称MTC)终端、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备(也可以称为穿戴式智能设备)。终端还可以为下一代通信系统中的终端，例如，5G通信系统中的终端或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端，NR通信系统中的终端等。
为了使得本申请实施例更加的清楚，以下对本申请实施例中涉及到的部分名词作简单介绍。
1、天线端口(antenna port)
天线端口是逻辑上的概念，一个天线端口可以对应一个物理发射天线，也可以对应多个物理发射天线。在这两种情况下，终端的接收机(receiver)都不会去分解来自同一个天线端口的信号。因为从终端的角度来看，不管信道是由单个物理发射天线形成的，还是由多个物理发射天线合并而成的，这个天线端口对应的参考信号(Reference Signal)就定义了这个天线端口，例如，对应解调参考信号(de-modulation reference signal，简称DMRS)的天线端口即DMRS端口，终端都可以根据这个参考信号得到这个天线端口的信道估计。每个天线端口对应一个时频资源网格(time/frequency resource grid)，有其独自的参考信号。一个天线端口就是一个信道，终端可以根据这个天线端口对应的参考信号进行信道估计和数据解调。
2、波束(beam)
高频通信的一个主要问题是信号能量随传输距离急剧下降，导致信号传输距离短。为了克服这个问题，高频通信采用模拟波束技术，通过大规模天线阵列进行加权处理，将信号能量集中在一个较小的范围内，形成一个类似于光束一样的信号(称为模拟波束，简称波束)，从而提高传输距离。
波束是一种通信资源。波束可以是宽波束，或者窄波束，或者其他类型波束。形成波束的技术可以是波束成形技术或者其他技术手段。波束成形技术可以具体为数字波束成形技术，模拟波束成形技术，混合数字/模拟波束成形技术。不同的波束可以认为是不同的资源。通过不同的波束可以发送相同的信息或者不同的信息。可选的，可以将具有相同或者类似的通信特征的多个波束视为是一个波束。一个波束可以由一个或多个天线端口所形成，用于传输数据信道，控制信道和探测信号等。形成一个波束的一个或多个天线端口可以看作是一个天线端口集。
波束包括发射波束和接收波束。发射波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布，接收波束可以是指天线阵列对无线信号在空间不同方向上进行加强或削弱接收的分布。
在目前的NR协议中，波束信息可通过天线端口准共址(quasi colocation,简称QCL)关系来进行指示。具体地，可以在指示信息(例如，下行控制信息(downlink control information，简称DCI))中指示一个资源(或天线端口)与另一个资源(或天线端口)具有准共址关系，来表示这两个资源(或天线端口)对应的波束具有相同的空间特征，可以采用同一个接收波束来接收。波束在协议中具体地可以通过各种信号的标识来表示，例如信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal，简称CSI-RS)的资源索引，同步信号广播信道块(synchronous signal/physical broadcast channel block，可以简称为SS/PBCH block，也可以简称为SSB)的索引，探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,简称SRS)的资源索引，跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,简称TRS)的资源索引。
另外，一般情况下，一个波束与一个DMRS端口或一个传输配置指示(transmission configuration indication，简称TCI)或一个TRP或一个探测参考信号资源指示(SRS  resource indicator，简称SRI)(用于上行数据传输)对应，因此，不同的波束也可以通过不同的DMRS端口或TCI或TRP或SRI表示。
为了方便描述，本申请实施例中以DMRS端口和TCI为例对本申请实施例提供的方案进行描述，由于DMRS端口、TCI、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引和TRS的资源索引均可以代表波束。因此，下文中的DMRS端口和TCI也可以替换为波束、TRP、SRI、CSI-RS的资源索引、SS/PBCH block的索引、SRS的资源索引或TRS的资源索引，并且该替换不改变本申请实施例提供的方法的实质。
3、QCL
QCL关系用于表示多个资源之间具有一个或多个相同或者相类似的通信特征，对于具有准共址关系的多个资源，可以采用相同或者类似的通信配置。具体的，具有QCL关系的天线端口对应的信号中具有相同的参数，或者，一个天线端口的参数(也可以称为QCL参数)可用于确定与该天线端口具有QCL关系的另一个天线端口的参数，或者，两个天线端口具有相同的参数，或者，两个天线端口间的参数差小于某阈值。其中，所述参数可以包括以下一项或多项：时延扩展(delay spread)，多普勒扩展(Doppler spread)，多普勒频移(Doppler shift)，平均时延(average delay)，平均增益，空间接收参数(spatial Rx parameters)。其中，空间接收参数可以包括以下的一项或多项：到达角(angle of arrival，简称AOA)、平均AOA、AOA扩展、离开角(angle of departure，简称AOD)、平均离开角AOD、AOD扩展、接收天线空间相关性参数、发送天线空间相关性参数、发射波束、接收波束以及资源标识。
4、TCI
TCI可以用于指示物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，简称PDCCH)/物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，简称PDSCH)的QCL信息，具体可以用于指示PDCCH/PDSCH的DMRS与哪个参考信号满足QCL关系，则终端可以采用与该参考信号的空间参数相同或相近的空间参数接收PDCCH/PDSCH。
TCI中具体可以通过参考信号索引来指示PDCCH/PDSCH的DMRS与哪个参考信号满足QCL关系。TCI也可以称为TCI状态(TCI-state)。
5、时间单元
本申请实施例中的时间单元可以为正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，简称OFDM)符号、迷你时隙(minislot)、时隙(slot)、子帧(subframe)、传输时间间隔(transmission time interval，简称TTI)等。
6、重复传输模式
数据的重复传输模式可以分为时域重复传输模式、空域重复传输模式以及空域和时域重复传输模式(简称为空时重复传输模式)。其中，时域重复传输模式是现有技术中的，即上述背景技术中所述的在多个时间单元中的每个时间单元传输TB的一个RV的数据传输方式，该种重复传输模式的数据传输效率较低。因此，本申请实施例提供了空域重复传输模式和空时重复传输模式，以提高数据传输效率。空域重复传输模式和空时重复传输模式具体含义可参见下文。
为了使得本申请实施例更加的清楚，以下对物理层的数据处理过程作简单介绍。
从介质接入控制(Medium Access Control，简称MAC)层发往物理层的数据是以TB 的形式组织的。MAC层发往物理层的可以是一个TB，也可以是多个TB。参见图2，图2中以2个TB为例进行说明，发送端对每个TB进行信道编码(turbo coder)、速率匹配、加扰(scrambling)、调制(modulation)、层映射(layer mapping)、预编码(precoding)、时频资源映射，并将时频资源映射后的信号转换成时域信号发送出去。
一个TB经过信道编码后再经过速率匹配可以生成4个RV，每次传输一个RV，接收端可以收到同一TB的不同RV，并将这些RV合并起来进行译码。速率匹配后的数据进一步经过加扰和调制得到星座符号。星座符号进行层映射后，会映射到一个或多个传输层(transmission layer，通常也称为layer)。每层对应一条有效的数据流。每层的数据流经过预编码，得到预编码后的数据流，预编码是使用预编码矩阵将层(layer)映射到天线端口(antenna port)的过程。预编码后的数据流被映射到时频资源上，再转换为时域信号发送出去。
以下通过实施例一和实施例二对本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法作示例性说明。其中，在实施例一中，网络设备采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI在一个时间单元向终端发送多个第一数据，该时间单元上发送的全部第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成。在实施例二中，网络设备在多个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI发送多个第一数据，并且在多个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成。
本申请实施例的描述中，“RVx”是指索引为“x”的RV，x为大于等于0小于等于3的整数。“相同RV”是指“索引相同的RV”，“不同RV”是指“索引不同的RV”。本申请实施例中的“*”是指“乘以”。
实施例一
参见图3，实施例一提供的方法包括：
301、网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示网络设备采用空域重复传输模式进行数据传输。
其中，空域重复传输模式为采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据的传输模式，N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，N为大于1的整数。具备该特征的传输模式也可以有其他的名称，例如，第一传输模式、传输模式A、传输模式B等，本申请不作限制。
第一指示信息可以通过一个字段指示。示例性的，该字段的名称可以为Repetition Factor DL。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该字段是一个开关字段，可以配置成0/1，on/off，true/false,enabled/disabled等具体的值，具体形式不限。当该字段被配置成开启状态(如1/on/true/enabled或其他形式)时，表示网络设备将采用空域重复传输模式，当该字段被配置成关闭状态(如0/off/false/disabled或其他形式)时，表示网络设备不采用空域重复传输模式。或者当该字段被配置成关闭状态时，表示网络设备将采用空域重复传输模式，当该字段被配置成开启状态，表示网络设备不采用空域重复传输模式。
在第二种可能的实现方式中，该字段可以配置成一个具体的数值。当该数值被配置成大于k的值时，表示网络设备将采用空域重复传输模式。当该数值被配置成小于或等于k的值或没有被配置时，表示网络设备不采用空域重复传输模式。k取值可以是1。k的取值还可以是除1以外的其他正整数。
当然，第一指示信息也可以通过多个字段指示，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
DMRS端口与第一数据的对应关系可以为多对一(即采用多个DMRS端口发送一个第一数据)，也可以为一对多(即采用一个DMRS端口发送多个第一数据)，还可以为一对一(即采用一个DMRS端口发送一个第一数据)。当采用一个DMRS端口发送一个第一数据时，N个DMRS端口在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据。
同理，TCI与第一数据的对应关系可以为多对一(即采用多个TCI发送一个第一数据)，也可以为一对多(即采用一个TCI发送多个第一数据)，还可以为一对一(即采用一个TCI发送一个第一数据)。当采用一个TCI发送一个第一数据时，N个TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据。
示例性的，第一数据可以为TB或RV。
在第一数据为TB的情况下，N个第一数据可以为根据同一上层数据(例如，MAC PDU，PDU是指协议数据单元(protocol data unit)，此时，该MAC PDU为上述同一个第二数据)，生成的N个不同的TB。即同一个MAC PDU被复制成N份，一份MAC PDU副本为一个TB(也就是说，一份MAC PDU副本为一个第一数据)。
在第一数据为RV的情况下，N个第一数据可以为根据同一个TB(此时，该同一个TB即上述同一个第二数据)生成的N个RV。此时，第二数据为TB，N个第一数据可以对应同一个第二数据的多个不同RV，N个第一数据也可以对应同一个第二数据的相同RV。例如，假设N＝4，若N个第一数据分别为TB1的RV0、TB1的RV1、TB1的RV2和TB1的RV3，则N个第一数据对应同一个第二数据的4个不同RV。若N个第一数据分别为TB1的RV0、TB1的RV0、TB1的RV2和TB1的RV2，则N个第一数据对应同一个第二数据的2个不同RV。若N个第一数据分别为TB1的RV0、TB1的RV0、TB1的RV0和TB1的RV0，则N个第一数据对应同一个第二数据的相同RV。
在第一数据为RV的情况下，N个第一数据也可以为根据由同一上层数据(此时，该同一上层数据即上述同一个第二数据)生成的N个TB的N个RV，即一个第一数据为其中一个TB的一个RV。例如，N＝2，若N个TB分别为TB1和TB2，N个TB的N个RV分别为TB1的RV0和TB2的RV1，则N个第一数据中一个第一数据为TB1的RV0，另一个第一数据为TB2的RV1。
其中，不同的DMRS端口或不同的TCI发送的不同的第一数据所对应的RV的索引可以是不同的，也可以是相同的。若一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送多个第一数据，则该多个第一数据对应的RV的索引可以是不同的，也可以是相同的。
302、网络设备采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据。
在采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据的情况下，步骤302在具体实现时，包括：网络设备采用N个DMRS端口或N个TCI在一个时间单元向终端发送N个第一数据。
303、终端从网络设备接收第一指示信息，根据第一指示信息，在上述时间单元从网络设备接收N个第一数据。
304、终端对接收到的N个第一数据合并后进行译码。
步骤304仅仅提供了终端的一种处理N个第一数据的方式，在具体实现时，终端也可以仅对各个DMRS端口或各个TCI上接收到的第一数据进行单独译码，还可以将N个第一 数据和之前接收到的同样由上述同一个第二数据生成的一个或多个数据合并后进行译码。
在N个第一数据对应多个不同RV时，通过对接收到的第一数据进行合并译码，可以提高译码成功率。
可选的，在步骤304之后，该方法还包括：
305、终端向网络设备发送数据接收结果。
数据接收结果可以为肯定确认(acknowledgement，简称ACK)或否定确认(negative-acknowledgement，简称NACK)。数据接收结果可以用于向网络设备反馈第一译码结果、第二译码结果和第三译码结果中的一个或多个译码结果。其中，第一译码结果是指终端对各个DMRS端口或各个TCI上接收到的第一数据进行单独译码的译码结果。第二译码结果是指终端对N个第一数据的合并译码结果。第三译码结果是指终端对N个第一数据和之前接收到的同样由上述同一个第二数据生成的一个或多个数据的合并译码结果。
本申请实施例提供的方法，网络设备可以采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI在同一个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，与在连续的多个时间单元发送同一个TB的多个不同的RV相比，在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，可以降低数据传输时延，提高数据传输效率。
当N个第一数据对应同一个第二数据的N个RV时，终端在获知N个第一数据各自对应的RV的索引时才能进行合并译码。该情况下，该方法还可以包括：网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息。相应的，终端从网络设备接收第二指示信息。其中，第二指示信息的作用可参见示例1或示例2。
示例1
第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV(记为第一RV)的索引，N个RV与N个第一数据一一对应，N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序。
其中，N个RV中的第n个RV的索引为网络设备采用第n个DMRS端口(或第n个TCI)发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引，n为大于0小于等于N的整数。第一RV可以为网络设备采用第n个/编号第n小/编号第n大的DMRS端口(或TCI)发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引，也可以为编号最小(或最大)的DMRS端口(或TCI)发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的N个RV的编号可以从0开始，也可以从1开始。当为前者时，编号为n-1的RV即N个RV中的第n个RV。N个DMRS端口的编号可以从0开始，也可以从1开始。当为前者时，编号为n-1的DMRS端口即N个DMRS端口中的第n个DMRS端口。N个TCI的编号可以从0开始，也可以从1开始。当为前者时，编号为n-1的TCI即N个TCI中的第n个TCI。本申请实施例一中以N个RV的编号、N个DMRS端口的编号和N个TCI的编号均从0开始为例对本申请实施例提供的方法作示例性说明。
N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序中可以包括全部种类(索引不同的RV为不同种类的RV)的RV的索引。示例性的，参见表1，N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为：0→2→3→1→0→2→3→1→…，即如果编号为0的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引是0，那么编号为1的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引是2，编号为2的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引是3，编号为3的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引是1，编号为4的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引又是0，以此循环类推。基于该循环顺序，根据第二 指示信息指示的其中一个DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV索引，终端就能计算出所有DMRS端口或所有TCI对应的RV的索引。例如，第二指示信息指示的是编号为0的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV索引、且该索引为2。那么编号为1的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV索引为3。编号为2的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV索引为1。编号为3的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV索引为0。本申请实施例中的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV是指采用该DMRS端口或该TCI发送的第一数据对应的RV。
N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序还可以为0→1→2→3→0→1→2→3→…。
表1
Figure PCTCN2020071248-appb-000001
注：mod为求余函数，n'为大于等于0小于N的整数。
N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序中也可以包括部分种类的RV的索引。示例性的，N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为：0→1→0→1→0→1→…。
N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序中还可以仅包括单个种类的RV的索引。示例性的，N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为：0→0→0→…。
在第二指示信息的作用为示例1的情况下，步骤304在具体实现时，可以包括：
11)终端根据第二指示信息对接收到的N个第一数据进行合并。
12)终端对合并后的N个第一数据进行译码。
步骤11)在具体实现时可以包括：
21)终端根据第二指示信息和N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
22)终端根据N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对N个第一数据进行合并。
步骤21)在具体实现时，终端根据第二指示信息指示的RV的索引和N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序，可以计算N个RV的索引。基于表1所示的示例，若第二指示信息指示的RV的索引为编号为0的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引,且该RV的索引是0，则终端根据表1可以确定，编号为1的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引是2，编号为2的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引是3，编号为3的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引是1，编号为4的DMRS端口或TCI对应的RV的索引又是0，以此循环类推。
在第二指示信息的作用为示例1的情况下，网络设备可以不向终端指示N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引，从而可以降低信令开销。
示例2
第二指示信息用于指示N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
示例2在具体实现时，第二指示信息可以指示N个RV的索引，第二指示信息指示的 第n个RV的索引为网络设备采用第n个/编号第n小/编号第n大的DMRS端口(或TCI)发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引。第二指示信息可以通过2*N个比特指示，每2个比特用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引。在N个RV的索引均相同的情况下，第二指示信息可以包括2个比特，2个比特用于指示N个RV的索引。
在第二指示信息的作用为示例2的情况下，步骤304在具体实现时，可以包括：
31)终端根据第二指示信息对接收到的N个第一数据进行合并。
32)终端对合并后的N个第一数据进行译码。
步骤31)在具体实现时可以包括：
41)终端根据第二指示信息确定N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
42)终端根据N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对N个第一数据进行合并。
步骤41)在具体实现时，终端可以不进行计算，直接根据第二指示信息确定N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
示例1和示例2中的第二指示信息可以携带在DCI中，DCI可以在上述时间单元上被发送给终端。在第二指示信息的作用为示例2的情况下，该DCI可以为扩展的DCI。在示例2中，DCI中可以包括同一个TB的N个RV的索引，此处的同一个TB即上述同一个第二数据。
需要说明的是，实施例一中的示例1所述的方案和示例2所述的方案不依赖于上述步骤301至步骤303，均可以独立实现。在独立实现的情况下，这些独立的方案也可以与本申请实施例中的其他方案结合，本申请实施例不作限制。
可选的，该方法还包括：
51)网络设备向终端发送第三指示信息。相应的，终端从网络设备接收第三指示信息。第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TRP数量，网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送的第一数据的数量；或者，第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送的第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
该情况下，步骤303在具体实现时可以包括：终端根据第一指示信息和第三指示信息，在一个时间单元从网络设备接收N个第一数据。
具体的，终端根据第三指示信息可以确定网络设备发送的第一数据的个数，从而接收N个第一数据。
第一指示信息可以与第三指示信息为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
第一指示信息与第三指示信息为同一个指示信息的一种可能方法是，第一指示信息通过一个字段指示，该字段可以配置成一个具体的数值。该数值用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量，或者，该数值用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TRP数量，或者，该数值用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TCI数量，或者，该数值用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送的第一数据的数量，或者，该数值用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送的第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。当该 数值被配置成大于k的值时，该数值还用于指示网络设备将采用空域重复传输模式。当该数值被配置成小于或等于k的值或没有被配置时，表示网络设备不采用空域重复传输模式。k取值可以是1。k的取值还可以是除1以外的其他正整数。
第一指示信息与第三指示信息为同一个指示信息的另一种可能方法是，第一指示信息包括多个字段，一个是开关字段，用于指示是否采用空域重复传输模式，另一字段是数值字段，用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量，或者，用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TRP数量，或者，用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TCI数量，或者，用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送的第一数据的数量，或者，用于指示网络设备在时间单元发送的第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
实施例一中的第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息中的任意一个或多个指示信息可以携带在无线资源控制(radio resource control，简称RRC)信令，或者，MAC控制元素(MAC control element，简称MAC CE)信令，或者，DCI中。
结合上述实施例一，在另一实施例中，N个第一数据中的任意两个第一数据占用不同的频域资源。例如，若采用2个TCI同时传输相同TB时，2个TCI对应不同的频域资源。
结合上述实施例一，在另一实施例中，采用多个DMRS端口在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据的情况下，TCI与第一数据的对应关系可以为多对一，也可以为一对多，还可以为一对一。采用多个TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据的情况下，DMRS端口与第一数据的对应关系可以为多对一，也可以为一对多，还可以为一对一。
实施例二
如图4所示，实施例二提供的数据传输方法，包括：
401、网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示网络设备采用空时重复传输模式进行数据传输。
空时重复传输模式为在M个时间单元上采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI发送第一数据的传输模式，网络设备在M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI发送多个第一数据，M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成，M为大于1的整数。具备该特征的传输模式也可以有其他名称，例如，第二传输模式，本申请不作限制。M个时间单元可以为连续的多个时间单元，也可以为不连续的多个时间单元。
网络设备在向终端指示是否采用空时重复传输模式进行数据传输时，可以单独指示(记为指示方式1)，也可以组合指示(记为指示方式2)，以下对这两种指示方式分别进行描述。
指示方式1、单独指示
该情况下，第一指示信息可以通过一个字段指示。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该字段是一个开关字段，可以配置成0/1，on/off，true/false,enabled/disabled等具体的值。当该字段被配置成开启状态(如1/on/true/enabled或其他形式)时，表示网络设备将采用空时重复传输模式，当该字段被配置成关闭状态(如0/off/false/disabled或其他形式)时，表示网络设备不采用空时重复传输模式。或者当该字段被配置成关闭状态时，表示网络设备将采用空时重复传输模式，当该字段被配置成开启状态，表示网络设备不采用空时重复传输模式。
在第二种可能的实现方式中，该字段可以配置成一个具体的数值。当该数值被配置成 大于k的值时，表示网络设备将采用空时重复传输模式。当该数值被配置成小于或等于k的值或没有被配置时，表示网络设备不采用空时重复传输模式。k取值可以是1。k的取值还可以是除1以外的其他正整数。
指示方式2、组合指示
该情况下，第一指示信息可以包括两个字段，通过两个字段共同来指示是否采用空时重复传输模式。一个字段用于指示是否采用时域重复传输模式，例如，通过当前R15协议中的aggregationFactorDL参数指示，当aggregationFactorDL>1时，表示网络设备会采用时域重复传输模式。另一个字段用于指示是否采用空域重复传输模式(具体含义参见实施例一)，例如，通过RepetitionFactorDL参数指示。这两个字段可以包含在同一条消息中，也可以包含在不同的消息中。RepetitionFactorDL和aggregationFactorDL可以独立配置。
在上述实施例中，网络设备在不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据的个数可以相同也可以不同。示例性的，参见图5，在时间单元为时隙的情况下，网络设备在不同的时隙上发送的第一数据的个数不同。参见图6，在时间单元为时隙的情况下，网络设备在不同的时隙上发送的第一数据的个数相同。
在一个时间单元上，DMRS端口与第一数据的对应关系可以为多对一(即采用多个DMRS端口发送一个第一数据)，也可以为一对多(即采用一个DMRS端口发送多个第一数据)，还可以为一对一(即采用一个DMRS端口发送一个第一数据)。当采用一个DMRS端口发送一个第一数据、且网络设备在该时间单元上发送N(N为大于1的整数)个第一数据时，N个DMRS端口在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据。
同理，在一个时间单元上，TCI与第一数据的对应关系可以为多对一(即采用多个TCI发送一个第一数据)，也可以为一对多(即采用一个TCI发送多个第一数据)，还可以为一对一(即采用一个TCI发送一个第一数据)。当采用一个TCI发送一个第一数据、且网络设备在该时间单元上发送N个第一数据时，N个TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据。
第一数据可以为TB或RV。假设网络设备在M个时间单元发送了Q个第一数据。
在第一数据为TB的情况下，Q个第一数据可以为根据同一上层数据(例如，MAC PDU，此时，该MAC PDU为上述同一个第二数据)，生成的Q个不同的TB。即同一个MAC PDU被复制成Q份，一份MAC PDU副本为一个TB(也就是说，一份MAC PDU副本为一个第一数据)。
在第一数据为RV的情况下，Q个第一数据可以为根据由同一上层数据(此时，该同一上层数据即上述同一个第二数据)生成的多个TB的Q个RV，即一个第一数据为其中一个TB的一个RV。例如，若多个TB分别为TB1和TB2，多个TB的Q个RV分别为TB1的RV0、TB1的RV1、TB2的RV0和TB2的RV1，则Q个第一数据分别为：TB1的RV0、TB1的RV1、TB2的RV0和TB2的RV1。
在第一数据为RV的情况下，Q个第一数据也可以为根据同一个TB(此时，该同一个TB即上述同一个第二数据)生成的Q个RV。此时，第二数据为TB，Q个第一数据可以对应同一个第二数据的多个不同RV，Q个第一数据也可以对应同一个第二数据的相同RV。例如，假设Q＝4，若Q个第一数据分别为TB1的RV0、TB1的RV1、TB1的RV2和TB1的RV3，则Q个第一数据对应同一个第二数据的4个不同RV。若Q个第一数据分别为TB1的RV0、TB1的RV0、TB1的RV2和TB1的RV2，则Q个第一数据对应同一个第二数据的2个不同RV。 若Q个第一数据分别为TB1的RV0、TB1的RV0、TB1的RV0和TB1的RV0，则Q个第一数据对应同一个第二数据的相同RV。
在网络设备采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据、且在每个时间单元均发送N个第一数据的情况下，在一种可能的实现方式中，第二数据为TB，网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的N个第一数据对应同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。示例性的，参见图7，在M个时间单元为时隙0和时隙1的情况下，网络设备在时隙0上发送的第一数据1对应的RV的索引(即RV0)和第一数据2对应的RV的索引(即RV2)不同，在时隙1上发送的第一数据3对应的RV的索引(即RV3)和第一数据4对应的RV的索引(即RV1)也不同。
在网络设备采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据、且在每个时间单元均发送N个第一数据的情况下，在另一种可能的实现方式中，第二数据为TB，网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的N个第一数据对应同一个第二数据的同一个RV，网络设备在M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。示例性的，参见图8，在M个时间单元为时隙0和时隙1的情况下，网络设备在时隙0上发送的第一数据1和第一数据2对应的RV的索引相同(均为RV0)，在时隙1上发送的第一数据3和第一数据4对应的RV的索引也相同(均为RV1)，但在时隙0上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引(即RV0)和在时隙1上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引(即RV1)不同。
另外，在网络设备采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据、且在每个时间单元均发送N个第一数据的情况下，针对每个时间单元，在第一数据为TB的情况下，N个第一数据可以为根据同一上层数据，生成的N个不同的TB。在第一数据为RV的情况下，N个第一数据可以为根据同一个TB生成的N个RV，或者，N个第一数据也可以为根据由同一上层数据生成的N个TB的N个RV，即一个第一数据为其中一个TB的一个RV。关于该部分的具体描述可参见上述实施例一中的相应部分的描述，在此不再赘述。
其中，不同的DMRS端口或不同的TCI发送的不同的第一数据所对应的RV的索引可以是不同的，也可以是相同的。若一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送多个第一数据，则该多个第一数据对应的RV的索引可以是不同的，也可以是相同的。
402、网络设备在M个时间单元上采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI向终端发送多个第一数据。
其中，网络设备在M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI发送多个第一数据。在采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据、且在每个时间单元均发送N个第一数据的情况下，步骤402在具体实现时，包括：网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个DMRS端口或N个TCI向终端发送N个第一数据。
403、终端从网络设备接收第一指示信息，根据第一指示信息，在M个时间单元上从网络设备接收多个第一数据。
其中，终端在M个时间单元中的至少一个时间单元上接收多个第一数据。在网络设备采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据、且在每个时间单元均发送N个第一数据的情况下，步骤403在具体实现时，包括：终端根据第一指示信息，在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从网络设备接收N个第一数据。
404、终端对在M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码。
步骤404仅仅提供了终端的一种处理M个时间单元上接收到的第一数据的方式，在具体实现时，终端也可以仅对各个DMRS端口或各个TCI上接收到的第一数据进行单独译码，也可以将同一个时间单元上接收的第一数据合并后进行译码，还可以对M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据和之前接收到的同样由上述同一个第二数据生成的一个或多个数据合并后进行译码。
在多个第一数据对应多个不同RV时，通过对接收到的第一数据进行合并译码，可以提高译码成功率。
可选的，在步骤404之后，该方法还包括：
405、终端向网络设备发送数据接收结果。
数据接收结果可以为ACK或NACK。数据接收结果可以用于向网络设备反馈第一译码结果、第二译码结果、第三译码结果和第四译码结果中的一个或多个译码结果。其中，第一译码结果是指终端对各个DMRS端口或各个TCI上接收到的第一数据进行单独译码的译码结果。第二译码结果是指对同一个时间单元上接收的第一数据合并后进行译码的译码结果。第三译码结果是指对在M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码的译码结果。第四译码结果是指对M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据和之前接收到的同样由上述同一个第二数据生成的一个或多个数据合并后进行译码的译码结果。
本申请实施例提供的方法，网络设备至少采用多个DMRS端口或多个TCI在多个时间单元中的一个时间单元上发送由同一个第二数据生成的多个第一数据，与在连续的多个时间单元发送同一个TB的多个不同的RV相比，在保证数据传输的可靠性的同时，可以降低数据传输时延，提高数据传输效率。
为了使得终端正确的对接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，终端还可以获知接收到的各个第一数据各自对应的RV的索引。该情况下，上述方法还包括：网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息。相应的，终端从网络设备接收第二指示信息。其中，第二指示信息的作用可参见示例1或示例2。示例1和示例2以网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上均发送N个第一数据为例进行示例性说明，其他情况下的原理也是相同的，不再赘述。
示例1
示例1是通过预设RV的索引满足的循环顺序使得终端获知接收到的各个第一数据各自对应的RV的索引，在不同的场景下，第二指示信息的作用略有不同，以下分别进行描述。
场景1、网络设备在M个时间单元上发送的全部的第一数据对应的RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序。
在场景1下，第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV(记为第一RV)的索引，M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，M*N个第一数据为网络设备在M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序。
其中，M*N个RV中的RVmn的索引为网络设备采用第m个时间单元中的第n个DMRS端口(或第n个TCI)发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引，RVmn是指在第m个时间单元发送的第n个第一数据对应的RV，m为大于0小于等于M的整数，n为大于0小于等于N的整 数。示例性的，第一RV可以为第1个时间单元或第M个时间单元上的采用第n个/编号第n小/编号第n大的DMRS端口(或TCI)发送的第一数据对应的RV，第一RV也可以为第1个时间单元或第M个时间单元上的编号最小(或最大)的DMRS端口(或TCI)发送的第一数据对应的RV。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的M个时间单元的编号可以从0开始，也可以从1开始。当为前者时，编号为m-1的时间单元即M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元。N个DMRS端口的编号可以从0开始，也可以从1开始。当为前者时，编号为n-1的DMRS端口即N个DMRS端口中的第n个DMRS端口。N个TCI的编号可以从0开始，也可以从1开始。当为前者时，编号为n-1的TCI即N个TCI中的第n个TCI。本申请实施例二中以M个时间单元的编号、N个DMRS端口的编号和N个TCI的编号均从0开始为例对本申请实施例提供的方法作示例性说明。
M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序中可以包括全部种类(索引不同的RV为不同种类的RV)的RV的索引。示例性的，参见表2，假设N＝2，M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为：0→2→3→1→0→2→3→1→…，即如果编号为0的时间单元上发送的第1个RV(即M*N个RV中的第1个RV)的索引是0，那么编号为0的时间单元上发送的第2个RV(即M*N个RV中的第2个RV)的索引是2，编号为1的时间单元上发送的第1个RV(即M*N个RV中的第3个RV)的索引是3，编号为1的时间单元上发送的第2个RV(即M*N个RV中的第4个RV)的索引是1，编号为2的时间单元上发送的第1个RV(即M*N个RV中的第5个RV)的索引又是0，以此循环类推。基于该循环顺序，根据第二指示信息指示的在一个时间单元上采用一个DMRS端口(或一个TCI)发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引，终端就能计算出所有时间单元上发送的所有DMRS端口(或所有TCI)对应的RV索引。例如，假设N＝2，第二指示信息指示的是编号为0的时间单元的编号为0的DMRS端口(或TCI)对应的RV索引，且该索引为0。那么编号为0的时间单元的编号为1的DMRS端口(或TCI)对应的RV索引为2。编号为1的时间单元的编号为0的DMRS端口(或TCI)对应的RV索引为3，编号为1的时间单元的编号为1的DMRS端口(或TCI)对应的RV索引为1。
M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序还可以为0→1→2→3→0→1→2→3→…。本申请实施例的描述中，“编号为m'的时间单元上发送的第n个RV”是指“编号为m'的时间单元上发送的第n个第一数据对应的RV”。
表2
Figure PCTCN2020071248-appb-000002
注：编号为m'的时间单元还可以解释为多次传输中的第m'次传输对应的时间单元，m'为大于等于0小于M的整数。
M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序中也可以包括部分种类的RV的索引。示例性的，M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为：0→1→0→1→0→1→…。
M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序中还可以仅包括单个种类的RV的索引。示例性的，M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为：0→0→0→…。
该情况下，步骤404在具体实现时可以包括：
11)终端根据第二指示信息对在M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并。
12)终端对合并后的全部第一数据进行译码。
可选的，步骤11)在具体实现时可以包括：
21)终端根据第二指示信息和M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；
22)终端根据全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对全部第一数据进行合并。
步骤21)在具体实现时，终端根据第二指示信息和M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序，可以计算得出M*N个RV的索引。以表2为例，假设第二指示信息指示的为编号为0的时间单元上发送的第1个RV(即M*N个RV中的第1个RV)的索引、且第二指示信息用于指示索引0，则终端可以根据表2确定编号为0的时间单元上发送的第2个RV(即M*N个RV中的第2个RV)的索引是2，编号为1的时间单元上发送的第1个RV(即M*N个RV中的第3个RV)的索引是3，编号为1的时间单元上发送的第2个RV(即M*N个RV中的第4个RV)的索引是1，编号为2的时间单元上发送的第1个RV(即M*N个RV中的第5个RV)的索引又是0，以此循环类推。
场景2、网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同、且在M个时间单元发送的第一数据的RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序。
在场景2下，第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV(记为第二RV)的索引，M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，M个RV中的第m个RV为网络设备在M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV。
其中，第二RV可以为第1个时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV，也可以为第M个时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV，还可以为其他时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序中可以包括全部种类的RV的索引。示例性的，参见表3，M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为：0→2→3→1→0→2→3→1→…，即如果编号为0的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引是0，那么编号为1的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引是2，编号为2的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引是3，编号为3的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引是1，编号为4的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引又是0，以此循环类推。基于该循环顺序，根据第二指示信息指示的一个时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV索引，终端就能计算出所有时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV索引。例如，若第二指示信息指示的是编号为0的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV索引，且该索引为2。那么编号为1的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV索引为3，编号为2的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV索引为1，编号为3的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV索引为0。
M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序还可以为0→1→2→3→0→1→2→3→…。
表3
Figure PCTCN2020071248-appb-000003
M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序中也可以包括部分种类的RV的索引。示例性的，M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为：0→1→0→1→0→1→…。
M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序中还可以仅包括单个种类的RV的索引。示例性的，M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为：0→0→0→…。
该情况下，步骤404在具体实现时可以包括：
31)终端根据第二指示信息对在M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并。
32)终端对合并后的全部第一数据进行译码。
可选的，步骤31)在具体实现时可以包括：
41)终端根据第二指示信息和M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
42)终端根据全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对全部第一数据进行合并。
步骤41)在具体实现时，终端根据第二指示信息和M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序，可以计算得出M个RV的索引。以表3为例，假设第二指示信息指示的为编号为0的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引，且该RV的索引为0，则终端可以根据表3确定编号为1的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引是2，编号为2的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引是3，编号为3的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引是1，编号为4的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应的RV的索引又是0，以此循环类推。
场景3、M个时间单元中的每个时间单元满足预设的循环顺序。其中，一个时间单元满足预设的循环顺序是指该时间单元上发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序。
在场景3下，第二指示信息用于指示M个RV的索引，M个RV与M个时间单元一一对应，M个RV中的第m个RV为网络设备在M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的一个第一数据对应的RV。
其中，不同的时间单元上满足的预设的循环顺序可以相同也可以不同。该情况下，针对每个时间单元关于该部分的描述可参见上述实施例一中的示例1的相关描述，在此不再赘述。
该情况下，步骤404在具体实现时可以包括：
51)终端根据第二指示信息对在M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并。
52)终端对合并后的全部第一数据进行译码。
可选的，步骤51)在具体实现时可以包括：
61)终端根据第二指示信息和M个时间单元中的每个时间单元满足的预设的循环顺序确定全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
62)终端根据全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对全部第一数据进行合并。
步骤61)在具体实现时，针对每个时间单元，终端根据第二指示信息和该时间单元上满足的预设的循环顺序，确定该时间单元上发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，进而可以确定M个时间单元上发送的第一数据的RV的索引。
示例2
第二指示信息用于指示M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
该情况下，步骤404在具体实现时可以包括：
71)终端根据第二指示信息对在M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并。
72)终端对合并后的全部第一数据进行译码。
可选的，步骤71)在具体实现时可以包括：
81)终端根据第二指示信息确定M*N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
82)终端根据M*N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对M*N个第一数据进行合并。
步骤81)在具体实现时，终端可以不进行计算，直接根据第二指示信息确定M*N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
在示例1和示例2中，第二指示信息可以在M个时间单元中的第1个时间单元上发送，也可以在其他的时间单元上发送。第二指示信息可以携带在DCI中。在第二指示信息的作用为示例2的情况下，该DCI可以为扩展的DCI。在示例2中，DCI中可以包括同一个TB的M*N个RV的索引，此处的同一个TB即上述同一个第二数据。
需要说明的是，实施例二中的示例1中的场景1所述的方案、示例1中的场景2所述的方案、示例1中的场景3所述的方案和示例2所述的方案不依赖于上述步骤401至步骤403，均可以独立实现。在独立实现的情况下，这些独立的方案也可以与本申请实施例中的其他方案结合，本申请实施例不作限制。
可选的，该方法还包括：
91)网络设备向终端发送第三指示信息。相应的，终端从网络设备接收第三指示信息。第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TRP数量，网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的第一数据的数量；或者，第三指示信息用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
该情况下，若网络设备在每个时间单元上发送N个第一数据，步骤403在具体实现时 可以包括：终端根据第一指示信息和第三指示信息，在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从网络设备接收N个第一数据。
具体的，终端根据第三指示信息可以确定网络设备在每个时间单元上发送的第一数据的个数，从而在每个时间单元上接收第一数据。
第一指示信息与第三指示信息可以为同一个指示信息，也可以为不同的指示信息。
在第一指示信息与第三指示信息为同一个指示信息的情况下，在上述指示方式1中的第二种可能的实现方式中，字段可以配置成一个具体的数值，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TRP数量，网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的第一数据的数量；或者，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
在第一指示信息与第三指示信息为同一个指示信息的情况下，第一指示信息可以包括多个字段。例如，第一指示信息中一个字段是开关字段，用于指示是否采用空时重复传输模式。另一字段是数值字段，该数值字段用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，该数值字段用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TRP数量，网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，该数值字段用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，该数值字段用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的第一数据的数量；或者，该数值字段用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。再例如，第一指示信息中一个字段用于指示是否采用时域重复传输模式，另一个字段用于指示是否采用空域重复传输模式，再一个字段可以配置成一个具体的数值，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TRP数量，网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的第一数据的数量；或者，该数值可以用于指示网络设备在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
实施例二中的第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息中的任意一个或多个指示信息可以携带在RRC信令，或者，MAC CE信令，或者，DCI中。
结合上述实施例二，在另一实施例中，针对任意一个时间单元，N个第一数据中的任意两个第一数据占用不同的频域资源。例如，针对某个时间单元，若采用2个TCI同时传输相同TB时，2个TCI对应不同的频域资源。
结合上述实施例二，在另一实施例中，针对任意一个时间单元，采用多个DMRS端口在该时间单元发送N个第一数据的情况下，TCI与第一数据的对应关系可以为多对一，也可以为一对多，还可以为一对一。采用多个TCI在该时间单元发送N个第一数据的情况下， DMRS端口与第一数据的对应关系可以为多对一，也可以为一对多，还可以为一对一。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例一和实施例二中的各个例子中的RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序均为示例，在实际实现时，可以为其他的循环顺序，本申请实施例不作限制。另外，本申请实施例一和实施例二中的RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序可以为协议规定的，也可以为网络设备确定的。若为后者，网络设备可以向终端指示RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序，以便终端根据RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定第一数据对应的RV。
上述实施例以提供的方法应用于下行数据(即网络设备采用空域重复传输模式/空时重复传输模式发送第一数据)为例对本申请实施例提供的方法作示例性说明。在实际实现时，上述方法也可以应用于上行数据(即终端采用空域重复传输模式/空时重复传输模式发送第一数据)。该情况下，上述实施例一和实施例二中的网络设备执行的动作可以由终端执行，上述实施例一和实施例二中的终端执行的动作可以由网络设备执行。另外，终端采用哪种重复传输模式可以是由网络设备指示的，也可以是由终端自己确定后通知网络设备的。
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个网元，例如，网络设备和终端为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对网络设备和终端进行功能单元的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图9示出了上述实施例中所涉及的数据传输装置(记为数据传输装置90)的一种可能的结构示意图，该数据传输装置90包括处理单元901和通信单元902，还可以包括存储单元903。图9所示的结构示意图可以用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备或终端的结构。
当图9所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备的结构时，处理单元901用于对网络设备的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理单元901用于支持网络设备执行图3中的步骤301、步骤302和步骤305，图4中的步骤401、步骤402和步骤405，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的网络设备执行的动作。处理单元901可以通过通信单元902与其他网络实体通信，例如，与图3中示出的终端之间的通信。存储单元903用于存储网络设备的程序代码和数据。
当图9所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备的结构时，数据传输装置90可以是网络设备，也可以是网络设备内的芯片。
当图9所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的终端的结构时，处理单元901用于对终端的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理单元901用于支持终端执行图3中的步骤301 至步骤305，图4中的步骤401至步骤405，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的终端执行的动作。处理单元901可以通过通信单元902与其他网络实体通信，例如，与图3中示出的网络设备之间的通信。存储单元903用于存储终端的程序代码和数据。
当图9所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的终端的结构时，数据传输装置90可以是终端，也可以是终端内的芯片。
其中，当数据传输装置90为终端或网络设备时，处理单元901可以是处理器或控制器，通信单元902可以是通信接口、收发器、收发机、收发电路、收发装置等，其中，通信接口是统称，可以包括一个或多个接口。存储单元903可以是存储器。当数据传输装置90为终端或网络设备内的芯片时，处理单元901可以是处理器或控制器，通信单元902可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。存储单元903可以是该芯片内的存储单元(例如，寄存器、缓存等)，也可以是终端或网络设备内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元(例如，只读存储器、随机存取存储器等)。
其中，通信单元也可以称为收发单元。数据传输装置90中的具有收发功能的天线和控制电路可以视为数据传输装置90的通信单元902，具有处理功能的处理器可以视为数据传输装置90的处理单元901。可选的，通信单元902中用于实现接收功能的器件可以视为接收单元，接收单元用于执行本申请实施例中的接收的步骤，接收单元可以为接收机、接收器、接收电路等。通信单元902中用于实现发送功能的器件可以视为发送单元，发送单元用于执行本申请实施例中的发送的步骤，发送单元可以为发送机、发送器、发送电路等。
图9中的集成的单元如果以软件功能模块的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。存储计算机软件产品的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，简称ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，简称RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
本申请实施例中的单元也可以称为模块，例如，处理单元可以称为处理模块。
本申请实施例还提供了一种终端(记为终端100)和网络设备(记为网络设备110)的硬件结构示意图。具体可参见图10。
终端100包括至少一个处理器1001和至少一个收发器1003。可选的，还包括至少一个存储器1002。可选的，终端100还包括至少一个天线1004。可选的，终端100还包括输出设备1005和/或输入设备1006。
处理器1001用于对终端的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理器1001用于支持终端执行图3中的步骤301至步骤305，图4中的步骤401至步骤405，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的终端执行的动作。处理器1001可以通过收发器1003与其他网络实体通信，例如，与图3中示出的网络设备之间的通信。存储器1002用于存储终端的程序代码和数据。
处理器1001、存储器1002和收发器1003通过总线相连接。处理器1001可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit，简称CPU)、微处理器、特定应用集成电路 (application-specific integrated circuit，简称ASIC)，或者一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。处理器1001也可以包括多个CPU，并且处理器1001可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器，也可以是多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
存储器1002可以是ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备、RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，简称EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，简称CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。存储器1002可以是独立存在，通过总线与处理器1001相连接。存储器1002也可以和处理器1001集成在一起。其中，存储器1002中可以包含计算机程序代码。处理器1001用于执行存储器1002中存储的计算机程序代码，从而实现本申请实施例提供的方法。
收发器1003可以使用任何收发器一类的装置，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信，如以太网、RAN、WLAN等。
输出设备1005和处理器1001通信，可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如，输出设备1005可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display，简称LCD)，发光二级管(light emitting diode，简称LED)显示设备，阴极射线管(cathode ray tube，简称CRT)显示设备，或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备1006和处理器1001通信，可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如，输入设备1006可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。
可选的，收发器1003可以包括发射机10031和接收机10032。收发器1003中用于实现接收功能的器件可以视为接收机10032，接收机10032用于执行本申请实施例中的接收的步骤。收发器1003中用于实现发送功能的器件可以视为发射机10031，发射机10031用于执行本申请实施例中的发送的步骤。
网络设备110包括至少一个处理器1101和至少一个收发器1103。可选的，还包括至少一个存储器1102。可选的，网络设备110还包括至少一个天线1104。处理器1101用于对网络设备的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理器1101用于支持网络设备执行图3中的步骤301、步骤302和步骤305，图4中的步骤401、步骤402和步骤405，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的网络设备执行的动作。处理器1101可以通过收发器1103与其他网络实体通信，例如，与图3中示出的终端之间的通信。存储器1102用于存储网络设备的程序代码和数据。
处理器1101、存储器1102和收发器1103通过总线相连接。处理器1101、存储器1102和收发器1103的相关描述可参考终端100中处理器1001、存储器1002和收发器1003的描述，在此不再赘述。
可选的，收发器1103可以包括发射机11031和接收机11032。收发器1103中用于实现接收功能的器件可以视为接收机11032，接收机11032用于执行本申请实施例中的接收的步骤。收发器1103中用于实现发送功能的器件可以视为发射机11031，发射机11031用于执行本申请实施例中的发送的步骤。
可选的，处理器(例如，处理器1101或处理器1001)可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。该中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述任一方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述任一方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种装置，该装置以芯片的产品形态存在，该装置包括处理器、存储器和收发组件，收发组件包括输入输出电路，存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，处理器通过执行存储器中存储的计算机执行指令实现上述任一方法。该情况下，执行本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以为芯片。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统，包括：上述网络设备和终端。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，简称DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)，光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，简称SSD))等。
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述，然而，在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中，本领域技术人员通过查看附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书，可理解并实现公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中，“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤，“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施，但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述，显而易见的，在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下，可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地，本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明，且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱 离本申请的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (66)

  1. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端根据第一传输模式接收网络设备发送的数据；
    所述第一传输模式为采用两个传输配置指示TCI状态同时传输相同传输块TB的数据传输模式，所述两个TCI状态采用相同的解调参考信号DMRS端口。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述两个TCI状态对应不同的频域资源。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一传输模式通过无线资源控制RRC信令进行配置。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的是相同TB的不同冗余版本RV。
  5. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的是相同TB的相同RV。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的不同RV的索引通过所述网络设备下发的下行控制信息DCI进行指示，所述DCI指示的第一个RV对应第一个TCI，指示的第二个RV对应第二个TCI。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述DCI具体指示四组RV索引中的一组，所述四组RV索引分别为：{0,2}、{2,3}、{3,1}、{1,0}。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端对采用所述两个TCI状态接收到的数据进行合并译码。
  9. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备根据第一传输模式向终端发送数据；
    所述第一传输模式为采用两个传输配置指示TCI状态同时传输相同传输块TB的数据传输模式，所述两个TCI状态采用相同的解调参考信号DMRS端口。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述两个TCI状态对应不同的频域资源。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一传输模式通过无线资源控制RRC信令进行配置。
  12. 根据权利要求9-11任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的是相同TB的不同冗余版本RV。
  13. 根据权利要求9-11任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的是相同TB的相同RV。
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的不同RV的索引通过所述网络设备下发的下行控制信息DCI进行指示，所述DCI指示的第一个RV对应第一个TCI，指示的第二个RV对应第二个TCI。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述DCI具体指示四组RV索引中的一组，所述四组RV索引分别为：{0,2}、{2,3}、{3,1}、{1,0}。
  16. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：处理单元和通信单元；
    所述处理单元，用于根据第一传输模式并通过所述通信单元接收网络设备发送的 数据；
    所述第一传输模式为采用两个传输配置指示TCI状态同时传输相同传输块TB的数据传输模式，所述两个TCI状态采用相同的解调参考信号DMRS端口。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的装置，其特征在于，所述两个TCI状态对应不同的频域资源。
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一传输模式通过无线资源控制RRC信令进行配置。
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的是相同TB的不同冗余版本RV。
  20. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的是相同TB的相同RV。
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的装置，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的不同RV的索引通过所述网络设备下发的下行控制信息DCI进行指示，所述DCI指示的第一个RV对应第一个TCI，指示的第二个RV对应第二个TCI。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置，其特征在于，所述DCI具体指示四组RV索引中的一组，所述四组RV索引分别为：{0,2}、{2,3}、{3,1}、{1,0}。
  23. 根据权利要求16-22任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于对采用所述两个TCI状态接收到的数据进行合并译码。
  24. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：处理单元和通信单元；
    所述处理单元，用于根据第一传输模式并通过所述通信单元向终端发送数据；
    所述第一传输模式为采用两个传输配置指示TCI状态同时传输相同传输块TB的数据传输模式，所述两个TCI状态采用相同的解调参考信号DMRS端口。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述两个TCI状态对应不同的频域资源。
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一传输模式通过无线资源控制RRC信令进行配置。
  27. 根据权利要求24-26任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的是相同TB的不同冗余版本RV。
  28. 根据权利要求24-26任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的是相同TB的相同RV。
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的装置，其特征在于，采用所述两个TCI状态传输的不同RV的索引通过所述数据传输装置下发的下行控制信息DCI进行指示，所述DCI指示的第一个RV对应第一个TCI，指示的第二个RV对应第二个TCI。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置，其特征在于，所述DCI具体指示四组RV索引中的一组，所述四组RV索引分别为：{0,2}、{2,3}、{3,1}、{1,0}。
  31. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：存储器和处理器；
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述数据传输装置实现如权利要求1-8中的任一项所述的方法。
  32. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：存储器和处理器；
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述数据传输装置实现如权利要求9-15中的任一项所述的方法。
  33. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1-8中的任一项所述的方法。
  34. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求9-15中的任一项所述的方法。
  35. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器；
    所述处理器用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时，如权利要求1-8中的任一项所述的方法被执行。
  36. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器；
    所述处理器用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时，如权利要求9-15中的任一项所述的方法被执行。
  37. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空域重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空域重复传输模式为采用N个解调参考信号DMRS端口或N个传输配置指示TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据的传输模式，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据，N为大于1的整数；
    所述网络设备采用所述N个DMRS端口或所述N个TCI在所述时间单元向所述终端发送所述N个第一数据。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二数据为传输块TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同冗余版本RV。
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与所述N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序。
  40. 根据权利要求37或38所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
  41. 根据权利要求37-40任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的传输接收节点TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
  42. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端从网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空域重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空域重复传输模式为采用N个解调参考信号DMRS端口或N个传输配置指示TCI在一个时间单元发送N个第一数据的传输模式，所述N个第一数据根据同一个第二数据生成，采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据，N为大于1的整数；
    所述终端根据所述第一指示信息，在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个第一数据；
    所述终端对接收到的所述N个第一数据合并后进行译码。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二数据为传输块TB，所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同冗余版本RV。
  44. 根据权利要求42或43所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述N个RV与所述N个第一数据一一对应，所述N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；
    所述终端对接收到的所述N个第一数据合并后进行译码，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，包括：
    所述终端根据所述第二指示信息和所述N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；
    所述终端根据所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述N个第一数据进行合并。
  46. 根据权利要求42或43所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述N个第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；
    所述终端对接收到的所述N个第一数据合并后进行译码，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对接收到的所述N个第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述N个第一数据进行译码。
  47. 根据权利要求42-46任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的传输接收节点TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量；
    所述终端根据所述第一指示信息，在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个 第一数据，包括：所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第三指示信息，在所述时间单元从所述网络设备接收所述N个第一数据。
  48. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空时重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空时重复传输模式为在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个解调参考信号DMRS端口或N个传输配置指示TCI发送N个第一数据的传输模式，采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据，所述M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成；M和N均为大于1的整数；
    所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用所述N个DMRS端口或所述N个TCI向所述终端发送所述N个第一数据。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二数据为传输块TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同冗余版本RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；
    或者，
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数。
  51. 根据权利要求48或49所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引。
  52. 根据权利要求48-51任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的传输接收节点TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据 的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量。
  53. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端从网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备采用空时重复传输模式进行数据传输，所述空时重复传输模式为在M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上采用N个解调参考信号DMRS端口或N个传输配置指示TCI发送N个第一数据的传输模式，采用一个DMRS端口或一个TCI发送一个第一数据，所述M个时间单元上发送的第一数据均根据同一个第二数据生成；M和N均为大于1的整数；
    所述终端根据所述第一指示信息，在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收N个第一数据；
    所述终端对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二数据为传输块TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同冗余版本RV；或者，所述第二数据为TB，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的所述N个第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的同一个RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的不同的时间单元上发送的第一数据对应所述同一个第二数据的多个不同RV。
  55. 根据权利要求53或54所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M*N个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M*N个RV与M*N个第一数据一一对应，所述M*N个第一数据为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元上发送的全部第一数据，所述M*N个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M*N个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序；
    所述终端对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，包括：
    所述终端根据所述第二指示信息和所述M*N个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；
    所述终端根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述全部第一数据进行合并。
  57. 根据权利要求53或54所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示M个RV中的一个RV的索引，所述M个RV中的第1个RV的索引至第M个RV的索引满足预设的循环顺序，所述M个RV中的第m个RV为所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的第m个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV，所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的N个第一数据对应的RV的索引相同，m为大于0小于等于M的整数；
    所述终端对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码，包括： 所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，包括：
    所述终端根据所述第二指示信息和所述M个RV的索引满足的预设的循环顺序确定所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；
    所述终端根据所述全部第一数据中的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引对所述全部第一数据进行合并。
  59. 根据权利要求53或54所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上发送的每个第一数据对应的RV的索引；
    所述终端对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据合并后进行译码，包括：所述终端根据所述第二指示信息对在所述M个时间单元上接收到的全部第一数据进行合并，并对合并后的所述全部第一数据进行译码。
  60. 根据权利要求53-59任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的DMRS端口数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的传输接收节点TRP数量，所述网络设备采用一个TRP发送一个第一数据；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送所述第一数据所采用的TCI数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据的数量；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述网络设备在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元发送的所述第一数据对应的不同RV的数量；
    所述终端根据所述第一指示信息，在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收N个第一数据，包括：所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第三指示信息，在所述M个时间单元中的每个时间单元上从所述网络设备接收N个第一数据。
  61. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：存储器和处理器；
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述数据传输装置实现如权利要求37-41中的任一项所述的方法；或者，实现如权利要求48-52中的任一项所述的方法。
  62. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：存储器和处理器；
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述数据传输装置实现如权利要求42-47中的任一项所述的方法；或者，实现如权利要求53-60中的任一项所述的方法。
  63. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求37-41中的任一项所述的方法；或者，实现如权利要求48-52中的任一项所述的方法。
  64. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时， 使得计算机执行如权利要求42-47中的任一项所述的方法；或者，实现如权利要求53-60中的任一项所述的方法。
  65. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器；
    所述处理器用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时，如权利要求37-41中的任一项所述的方法，或者，如权利要求48-52中的任一项所述的方法被执行。
  66. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器；
    所述处理器用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时，如权利要求42-47中的任一项所述的方法，或者，如权利要求53-60中的任一项所述的方法被执行。
PCT/CN2020/071248 2019-01-10 2020-01-09 数据传输方法及装置 WO2020143726A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP20738178.1A EP3902154A4 (en) 2019-01-10 2020-01-09 DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE
US17/370,607 US20210337524A1 (en) 2019-01-10 2021-07-08 Data transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910024345.3A CN111431572B (zh) 2019-01-10 2019-01-10 数据传输方法及装置
CN201910024345.3 2019-01-10

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/370,607 Continuation US20210337524A1 (en) 2019-01-10 2021-07-08 Data transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020143726A1 true WO2020143726A1 (zh) 2020-07-16

Family

ID=71521775

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/071248 WO2020143726A1 (zh) 2019-01-10 2020-01-09 数据传输方法及装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20210337524A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP3902154A4 (zh)
CN (2) CN111431572B (zh)
WO (1) WO2020143726A1 (zh)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103858503A (zh) * 2011-10-04 2014-06-11 夏普株式会社 移动站装置、基站装置、无线通信方法以及集成电路
CN106160970A (zh) * 2015-04-03 2016-11-23 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 多用户mimo系统中下行解调参考信号的发送方法
CN108418659A (zh) * 2017-02-10 2018-08-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种数据传输方法、装置及相关设备
CN108632192A (zh) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 数据传输的方法、设备和系统
WO2018190617A1 (en) * 2017-04-12 2018-10-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for beam recovery in wireless communication system

Family Cites Families (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101688551B1 (ko) * 2010-02-11 2016-12-22 삼성전자주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 사용자에 특정한 ｄｍｒｓ 안테나 포트를 지시하는 방법
KR101915271B1 (ko) * 2010-03-26 2018-11-06 삼성전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 자원 할당을 위한 하향링크 제어 지시 방법 및 장치
CN103580790A (zh) * 2012-07-31 2014-02-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种dmrs处理方法和装置
KR20170069252A (ko) * 2014-11-07 2017-06-20 후지쯔 가부시끼가이샤 Dm-rs 정보를 표시하기 위한 방법 및 장치와 통신 시스템
CN107623541B (zh) * 2016-07-13 2021-06-15 华为技术有限公司 一种下行控制信令指示的方法及相关设备
CN107733492B (zh) * 2016-08-10 2020-09-04 华为技术有限公司 数据发送、接收方法和装置
CN114710243A (zh) * 2017-08-11 2022-07-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 参考信号信息的配置方法及装置
CN108199819A (zh) * 2018-02-26 2018-06-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 控制信令的发送、接收以及信息的确定方法及装置
US10701679B2 (en) * 2018-07-05 2020-06-30 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and system for enhancing data channel reliability using multiple transmit receive points
KR102636342B1 (ko) * 2018-07-19 2024-02-14 삼성전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템을 위한 하향링크 제어 채널 송수신 방법 및 장치
KR20200020272A (ko) * 2018-08-16 2020-02-26 삼성전자주식회사 무선통신 시스템에서 데이터를 송수신하는 방법 및 장치
US11184888B2 (en) * 2018-09-25 2021-11-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Rate matching for a downlink transmission with multiple transmission configurations
US11050525B2 (en) * 2018-09-27 2021-06-29 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for control and data channel reliability enhancement using multiple diversity domains
US20220095350A1 (en) * 2018-12-21 2022-03-24 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of operating terminal and base station in wireless communication system and apparatus supporting same
WO2020130755A1 (ko) * 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말 및 기지국의 동작 방법 및 이를 지원하는 장치
JP6843110B2 (ja) * 2018-12-26 2021-03-17 シャープ株式会社 端末装置、基地局装置及び通信方法
US11317396B2 (en) * 2019-05-14 2022-04-26 Qualcomm Incorporated PDSCH/PUSCH repetition enhancements for URLLC

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103858503A (zh) * 2011-10-04 2014-06-11 夏普株式会社 移动站装置、基站装置、无线通信方法以及集成电路
CN106160970A (zh) * 2015-04-03 2016-11-23 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 多用户mimo系统中下行解调参考信号的发送方法
CN108418659A (zh) * 2017-02-10 2018-08-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种数据传输方法、装置及相关设备
CN108632192A (zh) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 数据传输的方法、设备和系统
WO2018190617A1 (en) * 2017-04-12 2018-10-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for beam recovery in wireless communication system

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "TB repetition for HRLLC", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1812076 TB REPETITION FOR HRLLC, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Gothenburg, Sweden; 20180820 - 20180824, R2-1812076 TB repetition for HRLLC, 9 August 2018 (2018-08-09), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051521699 *
MEDIATEK INC.: "Multi-TRP and Multi-panel Transmission", 3GPP DRAFT: R1-1704447, 25 March 2017 (2017-03-25), XP051251239, DOI: 20200323170835A *
See also references of EP3902154A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111431572A (zh) 2020-07-17
CN111431572B (zh) 2021-10-01
CN114050893A (zh) 2022-02-15
EP3902154A4 (en) 2022-03-09
US20210337524A1 (en) 2021-10-28
EP3902154A1 (en) 2021-10-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019237983A1 (zh) 预编码矩阵的配置方法和装置
WO2020220330A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US11088778B2 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2020143647A1 (zh) 传输信道状态信息的方法和装置
WO2020200114A1 (zh) Dmrs端口的指示方法及装置
WO2021159493A1 (zh) 一种资源配置的方法和装置
WO2019096243A1 (zh) 信息传输方法及装置
WO2021073577A1 (zh) 资源测量的方法和装置
WO2019029730A1 (zh) 一种pdsch接收信息的指示方法、数据接收方法及装置
WO2022022397A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2020164116A1 (zh) 下行数据传输方法及相关产品
CN108028820A (zh) 上行控制信息的传输方法、终端设备、基站和通信系统
WO2022067726A1 (zh) 用于资源调度的通信方法及装置
WO2017121384A1 (zh) 一种无线帧的传输方法以及无线网络设备
WO2021062766A1 (zh) 一种干扰测量上报的方法和通信装置
WO2020143726A1 (zh) 数据传输方法及装置
WO2019100918A1 (zh) 一种信息指示方法和装置
TW201943295A (zh) 上行控制訊息傳輸方法及裝置
WO2022116014A1 (zh) 一种tbs确定方法
WO2021259374A1 (zh) 一种波束指示方法及通信装置
WO2022001532A1 (zh) 小区选择方法和装置
WO2020199815A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2021008353A1 (zh) 用于信道测量的接收参数的确定方法和装置
CN111431675B (zh) 数据传输方法及装置
WO2022008170A1 (en) Apparatus, method, and computer program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20738178

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020738178

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210722